Branch data Line data Source code
1 : : /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
2 : : #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
3 : : #define __NET_CFG80211_H
4 : : /*
5 : : * 802.11 device and configuration interface
6 : : *
7 : : * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
8 : : * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
9 : : * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
10 : : * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation
11 : : */
12 : :
13 : : #include <linux/netdevice.h>
14 : : #include <linux/debugfs.h>
15 : : #include <linux/list.h>
16 : : #include <linux/bug.h>
17 : : #include <linux/netlink.h>
18 : : #include <linux/skbuff.h>
19 : : #include <linux/nl80211.h>
20 : : #include <linux/if_ether.h>
21 : : #include <linux/ieee80211.h>
22 : : #include <linux/net.h>
23 : : #include <net/regulatory.h>
24 : :
25 : : /**
26 : : * DOC: Introduction
27 : : *
28 : : * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
29 : : * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
30 : : * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
31 : : * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
32 : : * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
33 : : * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
34 : : *
35 : : * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
36 : : * use restrictions.
37 : : */
38 : :
39 : :
40 : : /**
41 : : * DOC: Device registration
42 : : *
43 : : * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
44 : : * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
45 : : * described below.
46 : : *
47 : : * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
48 : : * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
49 : : * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
50 : : * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
51 : : * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
52 : : * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
53 : : * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
54 : : * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
55 : : * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
56 : : *
57 : : * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
58 : : * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
59 : : * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
60 : : */
61 : :
62 : : struct wiphy;
63 : :
64 : : /*
65 : : * wireless hardware capability structures
66 : : */
67 : :
68 : : /**
69 : : * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
70 : : *
71 : : * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
72 : : *
73 : : * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
74 : : * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
75 : : * sending probe requests or beaconing.
76 : : * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
77 : : * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
78 : : * is not permitted.
79 : : * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
80 : : * is not permitted.
81 : : * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
82 : : * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
83 : : * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
84 : : * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
85 : : * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
86 : : * restrictions.
87 : : * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
88 : : * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
89 : : * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
90 : : * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
91 : : * restrictions.
92 : : * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
93 : : * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
94 : : * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
95 : : * on this channel.
96 : : * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
97 : : * on this channel.
98 : : *
99 : : */
100 : : enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
101 : : IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0,
102 : : IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1,
103 : : /* hole at 1<<2 */
104 : : IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3,
105 : : IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4,
106 : : IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5,
107 : : IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6,
108 : : IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7,
109 : : IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8,
110 : : IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9,
111 : : IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10,
112 : : IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11,
113 : : IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12,
114 : : };
115 : :
116 : : #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
117 : : (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
118 : :
119 : : #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000
120 : : #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000)
121 : :
122 : : /**
123 : : * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
124 : : *
125 : : * This structure describes a single channel for use
126 : : * with cfg80211.
127 : : *
128 : : * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
129 : : * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
130 : : * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
131 : : * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
132 : : * code to support devices with additional restrictions
133 : : * @band: band this channel belongs to.
134 : : * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
135 : : * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
136 : : * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
137 : : * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
138 : : * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
139 : : * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
140 : : * @orig_mag: internal use
141 : : * @orig_mpwr: internal use
142 : : * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
143 : : * on this channel.
144 : : * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
145 : : * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
146 : : */
147 : : struct ieee80211_channel {
148 : : enum nl80211_band band;
149 : : u32 center_freq;
150 : : u16 hw_value;
151 : : u32 flags;
152 : : int max_antenna_gain;
153 : : int max_power;
154 : : int max_reg_power;
155 : : bool beacon_found;
156 : : u32 orig_flags;
157 : : int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
158 : : enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
159 : : unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
160 : : unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
161 : : };
162 : :
163 : : /**
164 : : * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
165 : : *
166 : : * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
167 : : * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
168 : : * different bands/PHY modes.
169 : : *
170 : : * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
171 : : * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
172 : : * with CCK rates.
173 : : * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
174 : : * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
175 : : * core code when registering the wiphy.
176 : : * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
177 : : * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
178 : : * core code when registering the wiphy.
179 : : * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
180 : : * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
181 : : * core code when registering the wiphy.
182 : : * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
183 : : * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
184 : : * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
185 : : */
186 : : enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
187 : : IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0,
188 : : IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1,
189 : : IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2,
190 : : IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3,
191 : : IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4,
192 : : IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5,
193 : : IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6,
194 : : };
195 : :
196 : : /**
197 : : * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
198 : : *
199 : : * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
200 : : * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
201 : : * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
202 : : * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
203 : : * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
204 : : */
205 : : enum ieee80211_bss_type {
206 : : IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
207 : : IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
208 : : IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
209 : : IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
210 : : IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
211 : : };
212 : :
213 : : /**
214 : : * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
215 : : *
216 : : * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
217 : : * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
218 : : * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
219 : : */
220 : : enum ieee80211_privacy {
221 : : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
222 : : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
223 : : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
224 : : };
225 : :
226 : : #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \
227 : : ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
228 : :
229 : : /**
230 : : * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
231 : : *
232 : : * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
233 : : * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
234 : : * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
235 : : * passed around.
236 : : *
237 : : * @flags: rate-specific flags
238 : : * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
239 : : * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
240 : : * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
241 : : * short preamble is used
242 : : */
243 : : struct ieee80211_rate {
244 : : u32 flags;
245 : : u16 bitrate;
246 : : u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
247 : : };
248 : :
249 : : /**
250 : : * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse
251 : : *
252 : : * @enable: is the feature enabled.
253 : : * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use
254 : : * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use
255 : : */
256 : : struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd {
257 : : bool enable;
258 : : u8 min_offset;
259 : : u8 max_offset;
260 : : };
261 : :
262 : : /**
263 : : * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
264 : : *
265 : : * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
266 : : * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
267 : : *
268 : : * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
269 : : * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
270 : : * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
271 : : * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
272 : : * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
273 : : */
274 : : struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
275 : : u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
276 : : bool ht_supported;
277 : : u8 ampdu_factor;
278 : : u8 ampdu_density;
279 : : struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
280 : : };
281 : :
282 : : /**
283 : : * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
284 : : *
285 : : * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
286 : : * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
287 : : *
288 : : * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
289 : : * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
290 : : * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
291 : : */
292 : : struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
293 : : bool vht_supported;
294 : : u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
295 : : struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
296 : : };
297 : :
298 : : #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25
299 : :
300 : : /**
301 : : * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities
302 : : *
303 : : * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
304 : : * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA.
305 : : *
306 : : * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid.
307 : : * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element.
308 : : * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
309 : : * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
310 : : */
311 : : struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap {
312 : : bool has_he;
313 : : struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem;
314 : : struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp;
315 : : u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
316 : : };
317 : :
318 : : /**
319 : : * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
320 : : *
321 : : * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the
322 : : * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the
323 : : * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data.
324 : : *
325 : : * @types_mask: interface types mask
326 : : * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities
327 : : */
328 : : struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data {
329 : : u16 types_mask;
330 : : struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
331 : : };
332 : :
333 : : /**
334 : : * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations
335 : : *
336 : : * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz
337 : : * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz
338 : : * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz
339 : : * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz
340 : : * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
341 : : * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
342 : : * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
343 : : * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and
344 : : * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
345 : : * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
346 : : * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
347 : : * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
348 : : * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
349 : : * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
350 : : * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
351 : : * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz,
352 : : * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
353 : : */
354 : : enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config {
355 : : IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4,
356 : : IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5,
357 : : IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6,
358 : : IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7,
359 : : IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8,
360 : : IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9,
361 : : IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10,
362 : : IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11,
363 : : IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12,
364 : : IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13,
365 : : IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14,
366 : : IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15,
367 : : };
368 : :
369 : : /**
370 : : * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration
371 : : *
372 : : * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
373 : : * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration
374 : : *
375 : : * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s)
376 : : * that are allowed to be used for transmissions.
377 : : * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc.
378 : : * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported.
379 : : * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
380 : : * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations
381 : : */
382 : : struct ieee80211_edmg {
383 : : u8 channels;
384 : : enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config;
385 : : };
386 : :
387 : : /**
388 : : * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
389 : : *
390 : : * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
391 : : * is able to operate in.
392 : : *
393 : : * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in
394 : : * in this band.
395 : : * @band: the band this structure represents
396 : : * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
397 : : * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
398 : : * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
399 : : * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
400 : : * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
401 : : * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
402 : : * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
403 : : * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band
404 : : * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries
405 : : * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in
406 : : * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only
407 : : * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of
408 : : * iftype_data).
409 : : */
410 : : struct ieee80211_supported_band {
411 : : struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
412 : : struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
413 : : enum nl80211_band band;
414 : : int n_channels;
415 : : int n_bitrates;
416 : : struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
417 : : struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
418 : : struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap;
419 : : u16 n_iftype_data;
420 : : const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data;
421 : : };
422 : :
423 : : /**
424 : : * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype
425 : : * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
426 : : * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
427 : : *
428 : : * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found
429 : : */
430 : : static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *
431 : : ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
432 : : u8 iftype)
433 : : {
434 : : int i;
435 : :
436 : : if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX))
437 : : return NULL;
438 : :
439 : : for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) {
440 : : const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
441 : : &sband->iftype_data[i];
442 : :
443 : : if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype))
444 : : return data;
445 : : }
446 : :
447 : : return NULL;
448 : : }
449 : :
450 : : /**
451 : : * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype
452 : : * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
453 : : * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
454 : : *
455 : : * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
456 : : */
457 : : static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
458 : : ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
459 : : u8 iftype)
460 : : {
461 : : const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
462 : : ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
463 : :
464 : : if (data && data->he_cap.has_he)
465 : : return &data->he_cap;
466 : :
467 : : return NULL;
468 : : }
469 : :
470 : : /**
471 : : * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA
472 : : * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
473 : : *
474 : : * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
475 : : */
476 : : static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
477 : : ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband)
478 : : {
479 : : return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION);
480 : : }
481 : :
482 : : /**
483 : : * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
484 : : *
485 : : * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
486 : : *
487 : : * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
488 : : * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
489 : : * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
490 : : *
491 : : * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
492 : : * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
493 : : * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
494 : : * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
495 : : * without affecting other devices.
496 : : *
497 : : * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
498 : : * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
499 : : * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
500 : : */
501 : : #ifdef CONFIG_OF
502 : : void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy);
503 : : #else /* CONFIG_OF */
504 : : static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy)
505 : : {
506 : : }
507 : : #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */
508 : :
509 : :
510 : : /*
511 : : * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
512 : : */
513 : :
514 : : /**
515 : : * DOC: Actions and configuration
516 : : *
517 : : * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
518 : : * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
519 : : * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
520 : : * operations use are described separately.
521 : : *
522 : : * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
523 : : * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
524 : : *
525 : : * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
526 : : * in a separate chapter.
527 : : */
528 : :
529 : : #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
530 : : WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)
531 : :
532 : : /**
533 : : * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
534 : : * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
535 : : * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
536 : : * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
537 : : * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
538 : : * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
539 : : * determine the address as needed.
540 : : * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
541 : : * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating
542 : : ** only p2p devices with specified MAC.
543 : : * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
544 : : * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
545 : : * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
546 : : * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
547 : : */
548 : : struct vif_params {
549 : : u32 flags;
550 : : int use_4addr;
551 : : u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
552 : : const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups;
553 : : const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr;
554 : : };
555 : :
556 : : /**
557 : : * struct key_params - key information
558 : : *
559 : : * Information about a key
560 : : *
561 : : * @key: key material
562 : : * @key_len: length of key material
563 : : * @cipher: cipher suite selector
564 : : * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
565 : : * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
566 : : * length given by @seq_len.
567 : : * @seq_len: length of @seq.
568 : : * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX)
569 : : */
570 : : struct key_params {
571 : : const u8 *key;
572 : : const u8 *seq;
573 : : int key_len;
574 : : int seq_len;
575 : : u32 cipher;
576 : : enum nl80211_key_mode mode;
577 : : };
578 : :
579 : : /**
580 : : * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
581 : : * @chan: the (control) channel
582 : : * @width: channel width
583 : : * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
584 : : * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
585 : : * (only with 80+80 MHz)
586 : : * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration.
587 : : * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero),
588 : : * chan will define the primary channel and all other
589 : : * parameters are ignored.
590 : : */
591 : : struct cfg80211_chan_def {
592 : : struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
593 : : enum nl80211_chan_width width;
594 : : u32 center_freq1;
595 : : u32 center_freq2;
596 : : struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
597 : : };
598 : :
599 : : /**
600 : : * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
601 : : * @chandef: the channel definition
602 : : *
603 : : * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
604 : : * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
605 : : */
606 : : static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
607 : 0 : cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
608 : : {
609 [ # # # # ]: 0 : switch (chandef->width) {
610 : : case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
611 : : return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
612 : : case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
613 : 0 : return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
614 : : case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
615 [ # # ]: 0 : if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
616 : : return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
617 : 0 : return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
618 : : default:
619 : 0 : WARN_ON(1);
620 : 0 : return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
621 : : }
622 : : }
623 : :
624 : : /**
625 : : * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
626 : : * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
627 : : * @channel: the control channel
628 : : * @chantype: the channel type
629 : : *
630 : : * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
631 : : */
632 : : void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
633 : : struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
634 : : enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);
635 : :
636 : : /**
637 : : * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
638 : : * @chandef1: first channel definition
639 : : * @chandef2: second channel definition
640 : : *
641 : : * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
642 : : * identical, %false otherwise.
643 : : */
644 : : static inline bool
645 : : cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
646 : : const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
647 : : {
648 [ # # ]: 0 : return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
649 [ # # ]: 0 : chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
650 [ # # # # ]: 0 : chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
651 : 0 : chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2);
652 : : }
653 : :
654 : : /**
655 : : * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel
656 : : *
657 : : * @chandef: the channel definition
658 : : *
659 : : * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise.
660 : : */
661 : : static inline bool
662 : : cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
663 : : {
664 [ # # # # ]: 0 : return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config;
665 : : }
666 : :
667 : : /**
668 : : * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
669 : : * @chandef1: first channel definition
670 : : * @chandef2: second channel definition
671 : : *
672 : : * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
673 : : * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
674 : : */
675 : : const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
676 : : cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
677 : : const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);
678 : :
679 : : /**
680 : : * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
681 : : * @chandef: the channel definition to check
682 : : * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
683 : : */
684 : : bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
685 : :
686 : : /**
687 : : * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
688 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
689 : : * @chandef: the channel definition to check
690 : : * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
691 : : * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
692 : : */
693 : : bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
694 : : const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
695 : : u32 prohibited_flags);
696 : :
697 : : /**
698 : : * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
699 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
700 : : * @chandef: the channel definition to check
701 : : * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
702 : : * Returns:
703 : : * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
704 : : */
705 : : int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
706 : : const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
707 : : enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
708 : :
709 : : /**
710 : : * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
711 : : *
712 : : * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
713 : : * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
714 : : *
715 : : * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
716 : : *
717 : : * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
718 : : */
719 : : static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
720 : : ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
721 : : {
722 : : switch (chandef->width) {
723 : : case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
724 : : return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
725 : : case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
726 : : return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
727 : : default:
728 : : break;
729 : : }
730 : : return 0;
731 : : }
732 : :
733 : : /**
734 : : * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
735 : : *
736 : : * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
737 : : * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
738 : : * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
739 : : *
740 : : * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
741 : : *
742 : : * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
743 : : */
744 : : static inline int
745 : : ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
746 : : {
747 : : switch (chandef->width) {
748 : : case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
749 : : return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
750 : : chandef->chan->max_power);
751 : : case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
752 : : return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
753 : : chandef->chan->max_power);
754 : : default:
755 : : break;
756 : : }
757 : : return chandef->chan->max_power;
758 : : }
759 : :
760 : : /**
761 : : * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
762 : : *
763 : : * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
764 : : * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
765 : : * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
766 : : * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
767 : : * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
768 : : * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
769 : : * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
770 : : * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
771 : : * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in
772 : : *
773 : : * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
774 : : * it has filled in during the get_survey().
775 : : */
776 : : enum survey_info_flags {
777 : : SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0),
778 : : SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1),
779 : : SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2),
780 : : SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3),
781 : : SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4),
782 : : SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5),
783 : : SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6),
784 : : SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7),
785 : : SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8),
786 : : };
787 : :
788 : : /**
789 : : * struct survey_info - channel survey response
790 : : *
791 : : * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
792 : : * record to report global statistics
793 : : * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
794 : : * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
795 : : * optional
796 : : * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
797 : : * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
798 : : * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
799 : : * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
800 : : * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
801 : : * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
802 : : * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS
803 : : *
804 : : * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
805 : : *
806 : : * This structure can later be expanded with things like
807 : : * channel duty cycle etc.
808 : : */
809 : : struct survey_info {
810 : : struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
811 : : u64 time;
812 : : u64 time_busy;
813 : : u64 time_ext_busy;
814 : : u64 time_rx;
815 : : u64 time_tx;
816 : : u64 time_scan;
817 : : u64 time_bss_rx;
818 : : u32 filled;
819 : : s8 noise;
820 : : };
821 : :
822 : : #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4
823 : :
824 : : /**
825 : : * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
826 : : * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
827 : : * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
828 : : * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
829 : : * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
830 : : * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
831 : : * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
832 : : * @akm_suites: AKM suites
833 : : * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
834 : : * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
835 : : * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
836 : : * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
837 : : * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
838 : : * allowed through even on unauthorized ports
839 : : * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
840 : : * protocol frames.
841 : : * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
842 : : * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
843 : : * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
844 : : * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
845 : : * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
846 : : * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
847 : : * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE
848 : : * offload)
849 : : * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload)
850 : : */
851 : : struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
852 : : u32 wpa_versions;
853 : : u32 cipher_group;
854 : : int n_ciphers_pairwise;
855 : : u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
856 : : int n_akm_suites;
857 : : u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES];
858 : : bool control_port;
859 : : __be16 control_port_ethertype;
860 : : bool control_port_no_encrypt;
861 : : bool control_port_over_nl80211;
862 : : struct key_params *wep_keys;
863 : : int wep_tx_key;
864 : : const u8 *psk;
865 : : const u8 *sae_pwd;
866 : : u8 sae_pwd_len;
867 : : };
868 : :
869 : : /**
870 : : * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
871 : : * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
872 : : * or %NULL if not changed
873 : : * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
874 : : * or %NULL if not changed
875 : : * @head_len: length of @head
876 : : * @tail_len: length of @tail
877 : : * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
878 : : * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
879 : : * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
880 : : * frames or %NULL
881 : : * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
882 : : * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
883 : : * Response frames or %NULL
884 : : * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
885 : : * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
886 : : * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
887 : : * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change
888 : : * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data)
889 : : * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token
890 : : * (measurement type 8)
891 : : * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement
892 : : * Token (measurement type 11)
893 : : * @lci_len: LCI data length
894 : : * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length
895 : : */
896 : : struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
897 : : const u8 *head, *tail;
898 : : const u8 *beacon_ies;
899 : : const u8 *proberesp_ies;
900 : : const u8 *assocresp_ies;
901 : : const u8 *probe_resp;
902 : : const u8 *lci;
903 : : const u8 *civicloc;
904 : : s8 ftm_responder;
905 : :
906 : : size_t head_len, tail_len;
907 : : size_t beacon_ies_len;
908 : : size_t proberesp_ies_len;
909 : : size_t assocresp_ies_len;
910 : : size_t probe_resp_len;
911 : : size_t lci_len;
912 : : size_t civicloc_len;
913 : : };
914 : :
915 : : struct mac_address {
916 : : u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
917 : : };
918 : :
919 : : /**
920 : : * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
921 : : *
922 : : * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
923 : : * entry specified by mac_addr
924 : : * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
925 : : * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
926 : : */
927 : : struct cfg80211_acl_data {
928 : : enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
929 : : int n_acl_entries;
930 : :
931 : : /* Keep it last */
932 : : struct mac_address mac_addrs[];
933 : : };
934 : :
935 : : /*
936 : : * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
937 : : */
938 : : struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
939 : : struct {
940 : : u32 legacy;
941 : : u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
942 : : u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
943 : : enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
944 : : } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
945 : : };
946 : :
947 : : /**
948 : : * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
949 : : *
950 : : * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings
951 : : *
952 : : * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication
953 : : */
954 : : enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags {
955 : : AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0),
956 : : };
957 : :
958 : : /**
959 : : * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
960 : : *
961 : : * Used to configure an AP interface.
962 : : *
963 : : * @chandef: defines the channel to use
964 : : * @beacon: beacon data
965 : : * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
966 : : * @dtim_period: DTIM period
967 : : * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
968 : : * user space)
969 : : * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
970 : : * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
971 : : * @crypto: crypto settings
972 : : * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
973 : : * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
974 : : * @smps_mode: SMPS mode
975 : : * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
976 : : * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
977 : : * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
978 : : * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
979 : : * MAC address based access control
980 : : * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
981 : : * networks.
982 : : * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
983 : : * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
984 : : * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
985 : : * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
986 : : * @ht_required: stations must support HT
987 : : * @vht_required: stations must support VHT
988 : : * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time
989 : : * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags
990 : : * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings
991 : : */
992 : : struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
993 : : struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
994 : :
995 : : struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
996 : :
997 : : int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
998 : : const u8 *ssid;
999 : : size_t ssid_len;
1000 : : enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
1001 : : struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
1002 : : bool privacy;
1003 : : enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
1004 : : enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
1005 : : int inactivity_timeout;
1006 : : u8 p2p_ctwindow;
1007 : : bool p2p_opp_ps;
1008 : : const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
1009 : : bool pbss;
1010 : : struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1011 : :
1012 : : const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap;
1013 : : const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap;
1014 : : const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap;
1015 : : bool ht_required, vht_required;
1016 : : bool twt_responder;
1017 : : u32 flags;
1018 : : struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd;
1019 : : };
1020 : :
1021 : : /**
1022 : : * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
1023 : : *
1024 : : * Used for channel switch
1025 : : *
1026 : : * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
1027 : : * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
1028 : : * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
1029 : : * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
1030 : : * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
1031 : : * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
1032 : : * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
1033 : : * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
1034 : : * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
1035 : : * @count: number of beacons until switch
1036 : : */
1037 : : struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
1038 : : struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1039 : : struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
1040 : : const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
1041 : : const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
1042 : : unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
1043 : : unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
1044 : : struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
1045 : : bool radar_required;
1046 : : bool block_tx;
1047 : : u8 count;
1048 : : };
1049 : :
1050 : : #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10
1051 : :
1052 : : /**
1053 : : * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
1054 : : *
1055 : : * Used to pass interface combination parameters
1056 : : *
1057 : : * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
1058 : : * to use for verification
1059 : : * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
1060 : : * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
1061 : : * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
1062 : : * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
1063 : : * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
1064 : : * nl80211_iftype.
1065 : : * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
1066 : : * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
1067 : : * the verification
1068 : : */
1069 : : struct iface_combination_params {
1070 : : int num_different_channels;
1071 : : u8 radar_detect;
1072 : : int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES];
1073 : : u32 new_beacon_int;
1074 : : };
1075 : :
1076 : : /**
1077 : : * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
1078 : : * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
1079 : : * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
1080 : : * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
1081 : : *
1082 : : * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
1083 : : * for those that don't these flags will are used.
1084 : : */
1085 : : enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
1086 : : STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
1087 : : STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
1088 : : STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
1089 : : STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3),
1090 : : };
1091 : :
1092 : : /**
1093 : : * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
1094 : : *
1095 : : * Used to configure txpower for station.
1096 : : *
1097 : : * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power
1098 : : * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be
1099 : : * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx
1100 : : * power per-interface or per-station.
1101 : : * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
1102 : : * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
1103 : : * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
1104 : : * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
1105 : : * per peer TPC.
1106 : : */
1107 : : struct sta_txpwr {
1108 : : s16 power;
1109 : : enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
1110 : : };
1111 : :
1112 : : /**
1113 : : * struct station_parameters - station parameters
1114 : : *
1115 : : * Used to change and create a new station.
1116 : : *
1117 : : * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
1118 : : * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1119 : : * (or NULL for no change)
1120 : : * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
1121 : : * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
1122 : : * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1123 : : * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
1124 : : * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1125 : : * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
1126 : : * @aid: AID or zero for no change
1127 : : * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
1128 : : * @plink_action: plink action to take
1129 : : * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
1130 : : * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
1131 : : * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
1132 : : * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
1133 : : * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
1134 : : * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
1135 : : * QoS info field (but already shifted down)
1136 : : * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
1137 : : * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
1138 : : * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
1139 : : * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
1140 : : * to unknown)
1141 : : * @capability: station capability
1142 : : * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
1143 : : * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
1144 : : * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
1145 : : * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
1146 : : * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
1147 : : * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
1148 : : * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
1149 : : * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
1150 : : * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
1151 : : * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station
1152 : : * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities
1153 : : * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station
1154 : : */
1155 : : struct station_parameters {
1156 : : const u8 *supported_rates;
1157 : : struct net_device *vlan;
1158 : : u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
1159 : : u32 sta_modify_mask;
1160 : : int listen_interval;
1161 : : u16 aid;
1162 : : u16 peer_aid;
1163 : : u8 supported_rates_len;
1164 : : u8 plink_action;
1165 : : u8 plink_state;
1166 : : const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
1167 : : const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
1168 : : u8 uapsd_queues;
1169 : : u8 max_sp;
1170 : : enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1171 : : u16 capability;
1172 : : const u8 *ext_capab;
1173 : : u8 ext_capab_len;
1174 : : const u8 *supported_channels;
1175 : : u8 supported_channels_len;
1176 : : const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
1177 : : u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
1178 : : u8 opmode_notif;
1179 : : bool opmode_notif_used;
1180 : : int support_p2p_ps;
1181 : : const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa;
1182 : : u8 he_capa_len;
1183 : : u16 airtime_weight;
1184 : : struct sta_txpwr txpwr;
1185 : : };
1186 : :
1187 : : /**
1188 : : * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
1189 : : *
1190 : : * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
1191 : : *
1192 : : * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
1193 : : * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
1194 : : * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
1195 : : * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
1196 : : */
1197 : : struct station_del_parameters {
1198 : : const u8 *mac;
1199 : : u8 subtype;
1200 : : u16 reason_code;
1201 : : };
1202 : :
1203 : : /**
1204 : : * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
1205 : : * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
1206 : : * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
1207 : : * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
1208 : : * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
1209 : : * the AP MLME in the device
1210 : : * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
1211 : : * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
1212 : : * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
1213 : : * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
1214 : : * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
1215 : : * supported/used)
1216 : : * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
1217 : : * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
1218 : : * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
1219 : : * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
1220 : : */
1221 : : enum cfg80211_station_type {
1222 : : CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
1223 : : CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
1224 : : CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
1225 : : CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
1226 : : CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
1227 : : CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
1228 : : CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
1229 : : CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
1230 : : CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
1231 : : };
1232 : :
1233 : : /**
1234 : : * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
1235 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
1236 : : * @params: the new parameters for a station
1237 : : * @statype: the type of station being modified
1238 : : *
1239 : : * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
1240 : : * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
1241 : : * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
1242 : : * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
1243 : : * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
1244 : : */
1245 : : int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1246 : : struct station_parameters *params,
1247 : : enum cfg80211_station_type statype);
1248 : :
1249 : : /**
1250 : : * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1251 : : *
1252 : : * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1253 : : * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1254 : : *
1255 : : * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
1256 : : * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
1257 : : * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
1258 : : * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS
1259 : : * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information
1260 : : * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode
1261 : : */
1262 : : enum rate_info_flags {
1263 : : RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0),
1264 : : RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1),
1265 : : RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1266 : : RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3),
1267 : : RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4),
1268 : : RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5),
1269 : : };
1270 : :
1271 : : /**
1272 : : * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
1273 : : *
1274 : : * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
1275 : : *
1276 : : * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
1277 : : * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
1278 : : * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
1279 : : * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
1280 : : * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
1281 : : * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
1282 : : * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation
1283 : : */
1284 : : enum rate_info_bw {
1285 : : RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0,
1286 : : RATE_INFO_BW_5,
1287 : : RATE_INFO_BW_10,
1288 : : RATE_INFO_BW_40,
1289 : : RATE_INFO_BW_80,
1290 : : RATE_INFO_BW_160,
1291 : : RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU,
1292 : : };
1293 : :
1294 : : /**
1295 : : * struct rate_info - bitrate information
1296 : : *
1297 : : * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
1298 : : *
1299 : : * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
1300 : : * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate
1301 : : * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
1302 : : * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only)
1303 : : * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
1304 : : * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi)
1305 : : * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
1306 : : * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc,
1307 : : * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU)
1308 : : * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4)
1309 : : */
1310 : : struct rate_info {
1311 : : u8 flags;
1312 : : u8 mcs;
1313 : : u16 legacy;
1314 : : u8 nss;
1315 : : u8 bw;
1316 : : u8 he_gi;
1317 : : u8 he_dcm;
1318 : : u8 he_ru_alloc;
1319 : : u8 n_bonded_ch;
1320 : : };
1321 : :
1322 : : /**
1323 : : * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1324 : : *
1325 : : * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1326 : : * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1327 : : *
1328 : : * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
1329 : : * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1330 : : * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
1331 : : */
1332 : : enum bss_param_flags {
1333 : : BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0,
1334 : : BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1,
1335 : : BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2,
1336 : : };
1337 : :
1338 : : /**
1339 : : * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
1340 : : *
1341 : : * Information about the currently associated BSS
1342 : : *
1343 : : * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
1344 : : * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
1345 : : * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1346 : : */
1347 : : struct sta_bss_parameters {
1348 : : u8 flags;
1349 : : u8 dtim_period;
1350 : : u16 beacon_interval;
1351 : : };
1352 : :
1353 : : /**
1354 : : * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID
1355 : : * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to
1356 : : * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1357 : : * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged
1358 : : * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged
1359 : : * @flows: number of new flows seen
1360 : : * @drops: total number of packets dropped
1361 : : * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE
1362 : : * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow
1363 : : * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
1364 : : * @collisions: number of hash collisions
1365 : : * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued
1366 : : * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued
1367 : : * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported
1368 : : */
1369 : : struct cfg80211_txq_stats {
1370 : : u32 filled;
1371 : : u32 backlog_bytes;
1372 : : u32 backlog_packets;
1373 : : u32 flows;
1374 : : u32 drops;
1375 : : u32 ecn_marks;
1376 : : u32 overlimit;
1377 : : u32 overmemory;
1378 : : u32 collisions;
1379 : : u32 tx_bytes;
1380 : : u32 tx_packets;
1381 : : u32 max_flows;
1382 : : };
1383 : :
1384 : : /**
1385 : : * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
1386 : : * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
1387 : : * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1388 : : * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
1389 : : * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
1390 : : * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
1391 : : * transmitted MSDUs
1392 : : * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
1393 : : * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics
1394 : : */
1395 : : struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
1396 : : u32 filled;
1397 : : u64 rx_msdu;
1398 : : u64 tx_msdu;
1399 : : u64 tx_msdu_retries;
1400 : : u64 tx_msdu_failed;
1401 : : struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats;
1402 : : };
1403 : :
1404 : : #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4
1405 : :
1406 : : /**
1407 : : * struct station_info - station information
1408 : : *
1409 : : * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
1410 : : *
1411 : : * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
1412 : : * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
1413 : : * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
1414 : : * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
1415 : : * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association
1416 : : * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
1417 : : * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
1418 : : * @llid: mesh local link id
1419 : : * @plid: mesh peer link id
1420 : : * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
1421 : : * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1422 : : * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1423 : : * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1424 : : * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1425 : : * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
1426 : : * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
1427 : : * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
1428 : : * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
1429 : : * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
1430 : : * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
1431 : : * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
1432 : : * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
1433 : : * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
1434 : : * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason.
1435 : : * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
1436 : : * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1437 : : * This number should increase every time the list of stations
1438 : : * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1439 : : * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1440 : : * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
1441 : : * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
1442 : : * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
1443 : : * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
1444 : : * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
1445 : : * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
1446 : : * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
1447 : : * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
1448 : : * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
1449 : : * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
1450 : : * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
1451 : : * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
1452 : : * towards this station.
1453 : : * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
1454 : : * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
1455 : : * from this peer
1456 : : * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate
1457 : : * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
1458 : : * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer
1459 : : * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight
1460 : : * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
1461 : : * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
1462 : : * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL.
1463 : : * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
1464 : : * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has
1465 : : * been sent.
1466 : : * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station
1467 : : * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with
1468 : : * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the
1469 : : * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address.
1470 : : * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric.
1471 : : */
1472 : : struct station_info {
1473 : : u64 filled;
1474 : : u32 connected_time;
1475 : : u32 inactive_time;
1476 : : u64 assoc_at;
1477 : : u64 rx_bytes;
1478 : : u64 tx_bytes;
1479 : : u16 llid;
1480 : : u16 plid;
1481 : : u8 plink_state;
1482 : : s8 signal;
1483 : : s8 signal_avg;
1484 : :
1485 : : u8 chains;
1486 : : s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1487 : : s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1488 : :
1489 : : struct rate_info txrate;
1490 : : struct rate_info rxrate;
1491 : : u32 rx_packets;
1492 : : u32 tx_packets;
1493 : : u32 tx_retries;
1494 : : u32 tx_failed;
1495 : : u32 rx_dropped_misc;
1496 : : struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
1497 : : struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
1498 : :
1499 : : int generation;
1500 : :
1501 : : const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
1502 : : size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
1503 : :
1504 : : u32 beacon_loss_count;
1505 : : s64 t_offset;
1506 : : enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1507 : : enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
1508 : : enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
1509 : :
1510 : : u32 expected_throughput;
1511 : :
1512 : : u64 tx_duration;
1513 : : u64 rx_duration;
1514 : : u64 rx_beacon;
1515 : : u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
1516 : : u8 connected_to_gate;
1517 : :
1518 : : struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid;
1519 : : s8 ack_signal;
1520 : : s8 avg_ack_signal;
1521 : :
1522 : : u16 airtime_weight;
1523 : :
1524 : : u32 rx_mpdu_count;
1525 : : u32 fcs_err_count;
1526 : :
1527 : : u32 airtime_link_metric;
1528 : : };
1529 : :
1530 : : #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
1531 : : /**
1532 : : * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
1533 : : * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
1534 : : * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
1535 : : * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
1536 : : *
1537 : : * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
1538 : : * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
1539 : : * considered undefined.
1540 : : */
1541 : : int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
1542 : : struct station_info *sinfo);
1543 : : #else
1544 : : static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev,
1545 : : const u8 *mac_addr,
1546 : : struct station_info *sinfo)
1547 : : {
1548 : : return -ENOENT;
1549 : : }
1550 : : #endif
1551 : :
1552 : : /**
1553 : : * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
1554 : : *
1555 : : * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
1556 : : * according to the nl80211 flags.
1557 : : *
1558 : : * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
1559 : : * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
1560 : : * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
1561 : : * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
1562 : : * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
1563 : : * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
1564 : : * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
1565 : : */
1566 : : enum monitor_flags {
1567 : : MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
1568 : : MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
1569 : : MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
1570 : : MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
1571 : : MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
1572 : : MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
1573 : : MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
1574 : : };
1575 : :
1576 : : /**
1577 : : * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags
1578 : : *
1579 : : * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
1580 : : * in during get_station() or dump_station().
1581 : : *
1582 : : * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
1583 : : * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
1584 : : * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
1585 : : * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
1586 : : * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
1587 : : * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
1588 : : * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
1589 : : * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled
1590 : : * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled
1591 : : */
1592 : : enum mpath_info_flags {
1593 : : MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0),
1594 : : MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1),
1595 : : MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2),
1596 : : MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3),
1597 : : MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4),
1598 : : MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5),
1599 : : MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6),
1600 : : MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7),
1601 : : MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8),
1602 : : };
1603 : :
1604 : : /**
1605 : : * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
1606 : : *
1607 : : * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
1608 : : *
1609 : : * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
1610 : : * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
1611 : : * @sn: target sequence number
1612 : : * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
1613 : : * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
1614 : : * @flags: mesh path flags
1615 : : * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
1616 : : * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
1617 : : * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1618 : : * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
1619 : : * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1620 : : * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1621 : : * @hop_count: hops to destination
1622 : : * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination
1623 : : */
1624 : : struct mpath_info {
1625 : : u32 filled;
1626 : : u32 frame_qlen;
1627 : : u32 sn;
1628 : : u32 metric;
1629 : : u32 exptime;
1630 : : u32 discovery_timeout;
1631 : : u8 discovery_retries;
1632 : : u8 flags;
1633 : : u8 hop_count;
1634 : : u32 path_change_count;
1635 : :
1636 : : int generation;
1637 : : };
1638 : :
1639 : : /**
1640 : : * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
1641 : : *
1642 : : * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
1643 : : *
1644 : : * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
1645 : : * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1646 : : * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
1647 : : * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1648 : : * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
1649 : : * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1650 : : * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1651 : : * (or NULL for no change)
1652 : : * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
1653 : : * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
1654 : : * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
1655 : : * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
1656 : : * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
1657 : : * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
1658 : : */
1659 : : struct bss_parameters {
1660 : : int use_cts_prot;
1661 : : int use_short_preamble;
1662 : : int use_short_slot_time;
1663 : : const u8 *basic_rates;
1664 : : u8 basic_rates_len;
1665 : : int ap_isolate;
1666 : : int ht_opmode;
1667 : : s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
1668 : : };
1669 : :
1670 : : /**
1671 : : * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
1672 : : *
1673 : : * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
1674 : : *
1675 : : * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
1676 : : * by the Mesh Peering Open message
1677 : : * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
1678 : : * used by the Mesh Peering Open message
1679 : : * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
1680 : : * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
1681 : : * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
1682 : : * mesh interface
1683 : : * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
1684 : : * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
1685 : : * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
1686 : : * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
1687 : : * elements
1688 : : * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
1689 : : * detect compatible mesh peers
1690 : : * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
1691 : : * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
1692 : : * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
1693 : : * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
1694 : : * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
1695 : : * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
1696 : : * a path discovery in milliseconds
1697 : : * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1698 : : * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
1699 : : * root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
1700 : : * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1701 : : * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
1702 : : * element
1703 : : * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1704 : : * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
1705 : : * element
1706 : : * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
1707 : : * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
1708 : : * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
1709 : : * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
1710 : : * announcements are transmitted
1711 : : * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
1712 : : * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
1713 : : * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
1714 : : * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
1715 : : * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
1716 : : * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
1717 : : * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
1718 : : * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
1719 : : * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
1720 : : * station to establish a peer link
1721 : : * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
1722 : : *
1723 : : * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1724 : : * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
1725 : : * the root mesh STA to be valid.
1726 : : *
1727 : : * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
1728 : : * PREQs are transmitted.
1729 : : * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
1730 : : * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
1731 : : * a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
1732 : : * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
1733 : : * setting for new peer links.
1734 : : * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
1735 : : * after transmitting its beacon.
1736 : : * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
1737 : : * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
1738 : : * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes.
1739 : : * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is
1740 : : * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the
1741 : : * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths
1742 : : * in the mesh path table
1743 : : */
1744 : : struct mesh_config {
1745 : : u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
1746 : : u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
1747 : : u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
1748 : : u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
1749 : : u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
1750 : : u8 dot11MeshTTL;
1751 : : u8 element_ttl;
1752 : : bool auto_open_plinks;
1753 : : u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
1754 : : u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
1755 : : u32 path_refresh_time;
1756 : : u16 min_discovery_timeout;
1757 : : u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
1758 : : u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
1759 : : u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
1760 : : u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
1761 : : u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
1762 : : bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate;
1763 : : u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
1764 : : bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
1765 : : bool dot11MeshForwarding;
1766 : : s32 rssi_threshold;
1767 : : u16 ht_opmode;
1768 : : u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
1769 : : u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
1770 : : u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
1771 : : enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
1772 : : u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
1773 : : u32 plink_timeout;
1774 : : };
1775 : :
1776 : : /**
1777 : : * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
1778 : : * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1779 : : * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
1780 : : * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
1781 : : * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
1782 : : * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
1783 : : * @path_metric: which metric to use
1784 : : * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
1785 : : * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
1786 : : * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
1787 : : * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
1788 : : * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
1789 : : * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
1790 : : * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
1791 : : * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
1792 : : * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
1793 : : * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
1794 : : * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1795 : : * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
1796 : : * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
1797 : : * to operate on DFS channels.
1798 : : * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
1799 : : * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
1800 : : *
1801 : : * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
1802 : : */
1803 : : struct mesh_setup {
1804 : : struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1805 : : const u8 *mesh_id;
1806 : : u8 mesh_id_len;
1807 : : u8 sync_method;
1808 : : u8 path_sel_proto;
1809 : : u8 path_metric;
1810 : : u8 auth_id;
1811 : : const u8 *ie;
1812 : : u8 ie_len;
1813 : : bool is_authenticated;
1814 : : bool is_secure;
1815 : : bool user_mpm;
1816 : : u8 dtim_period;
1817 : : u16 beacon_interval;
1818 : : int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1819 : : u32 basic_rates;
1820 : : struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1821 : : bool userspace_handles_dfs;
1822 : : bool control_port_over_nl80211;
1823 : : };
1824 : :
1825 : : /**
1826 : : * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
1827 : : * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1828 : : *
1829 : : * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
1830 : : */
1831 : : struct ocb_setup {
1832 : : struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1833 : : };
1834 : :
1835 : : /**
1836 : : * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
1837 : : * @ac: AC identifier
1838 : : * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
1839 : : * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1840 : : * 1..32767]
1841 : : * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1842 : : * 1..32767]
1843 : : * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
1844 : : */
1845 : : struct ieee80211_txq_params {
1846 : : enum nl80211_ac ac;
1847 : : u16 txop;
1848 : : u16 cwmin;
1849 : : u16 cwmax;
1850 : : u8 aifs;
1851 : : };
1852 : :
1853 : : /**
1854 : : * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
1855 : : *
1856 : : * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
1857 : : * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
1858 : : * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
1859 : : * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
1860 : : * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
1861 : : * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
1862 : : * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
1863 : : * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
1864 : : * in the wiphy structure.
1865 : : *
1866 : : * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
1867 : : * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
1868 : : * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
1869 : : *
1870 : : * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
1871 : : * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
1872 : : * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
1873 : : * to userspace.
1874 : : */
1875 : :
1876 : : /**
1877 : : * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
1878 : : * @ssid: the SSID
1879 : : * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
1880 : : */
1881 : : struct cfg80211_ssid {
1882 : : u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
1883 : : u8 ssid_len;
1884 : : };
1885 : :
1886 : : /**
1887 : : * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
1888 : : * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
1889 : : * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
1890 : : * information is not available, this field is left zero.
1891 : : * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
1892 : : * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
1893 : : * userspace will be notified of that
1894 : : */
1895 : : struct cfg80211_scan_info {
1896 : : u64 scan_start_tsf;
1897 : : u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1898 : : bool aborted;
1899 : : };
1900 : :
1901 : : /**
1902 : : * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
1903 : : *
1904 : : * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
1905 : : * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
1906 : : * @channels: channels to scan on.
1907 : : * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1908 : : * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1909 : : * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
1910 : : * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1911 : : * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
1912 : : * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
1913 : : * the actual dwell time may be shorter.
1914 : : * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
1915 : : * %duration field.
1916 : : * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1917 : : * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
1918 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1919 : : * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
1920 : : * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
1921 : : * @info: (internal) information about completed scan
1922 : : * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
1923 : : * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
1924 : : * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
1925 : : * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
1926 : : * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
1927 : : * be taken from the @mac_addr
1928 : : * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
1929 : : */
1930 : : struct cfg80211_scan_request {
1931 : : struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
1932 : : int n_ssids;
1933 : : u32 n_channels;
1934 : : enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1935 : : const u8 *ie;
1936 : : size_t ie_len;
1937 : : u16 duration;
1938 : : bool duration_mandatory;
1939 : : u32 flags;
1940 : :
1941 : : u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1942 : :
1943 : : struct wireless_dev *wdev;
1944 : :
1945 : : u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1946 : : u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1947 : : u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1948 : :
1949 : : /* internal */
1950 : : struct wiphy *wiphy;
1951 : : unsigned long scan_start;
1952 : : struct cfg80211_scan_info info;
1953 : : bool notified;
1954 : : bool no_cck;
1955 : :
1956 : : /* keep last */
1957 : : struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
1958 : : };
1959 : :
1960 : : static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
1961 : : {
1962 : : int i;
1963 : :
1964 : : get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
1965 : : for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
1966 : : buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
1967 : : buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
1968 : : }
1969 : : }
1970 : :
1971 : : /**
1972 : : * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
1973 : : *
1974 : : * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
1975 : : * or no match (RSSI only)
1976 : : * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
1977 : : * or no match (RSSI only)
1978 : : * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
1979 : : * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied
1980 : : * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support
1981 : : * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability
1982 : : * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band
1983 : : * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified.
1984 : : * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of
1985 : : * corresponding matchset.
1986 : : */
1987 : : struct cfg80211_match_set {
1988 : : struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
1989 : : u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
1990 : : s32 rssi_thold;
1991 : : s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1992 : : };
1993 : :
1994 : : /**
1995 : : * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
1996 : : *
1997 : : * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
1998 : : * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
1999 : : * infinite loop.
2000 : : * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
2001 : : * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
2002 : : */
2003 : : struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
2004 : : u32 interval;
2005 : : u32 iterations;
2006 : : };
2007 : :
2008 : : /**
2009 : : * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
2010 : : *
2011 : : * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
2012 : : * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
2013 : : */
2014 : : struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust {
2015 : : enum nl80211_band band;
2016 : : s8 delta;
2017 : : };
2018 : :
2019 : : /**
2020 : : * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
2021 : : *
2022 : : * @reqid: identifies this request.
2023 : : * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
2024 : : * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
2025 : : * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
2026 : : * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
2027 : : * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
2028 : : * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
2029 : : * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
2030 : : * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
2031 : : * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
2032 : : * (others are filtered out).
2033 : : * If ommited, all results are passed.
2034 : : * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
2035 : : * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
2036 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
2037 : : * @dev: the interface
2038 : : * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
2039 : : * @channels: channels to scan
2040 : : * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
2041 : : * contains the minimum over all matchsets
2042 : : * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
2043 : : * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
2044 : : * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
2045 : : * be taken from the @mac_addr
2046 : : * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
2047 : : * index must be executed first.
2048 : : * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
2049 : : * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
2050 : : * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
2051 : : * owned by a particular socket)
2052 : : * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
2053 : : * @list: for keeping list of requests.
2054 : : * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
2055 : : * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start
2056 : : * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
2057 : : * supported.
2058 : : * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
2059 : : * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
2060 : : * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
2061 : : * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
2062 : : * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
2063 : : * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
2064 : : * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
2065 : : * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
2066 : : * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
2067 : : * comparisions.
2068 : : */
2069 : : struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
2070 : : u64 reqid;
2071 : : struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
2072 : : int n_ssids;
2073 : : u32 n_channels;
2074 : : enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2075 : : const u8 *ie;
2076 : : size_t ie_len;
2077 : : u32 flags;
2078 : : struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
2079 : : int n_match_sets;
2080 : : s32 min_rssi_thold;
2081 : : u32 delay;
2082 : : struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
2083 : : int n_scan_plans;
2084 : :
2085 : : u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2086 : : u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2087 : :
2088 : : bool relative_rssi_set;
2089 : : s8 relative_rssi;
2090 : : struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust;
2091 : :
2092 : : /* internal */
2093 : : struct wiphy *wiphy;
2094 : : struct net_device *dev;
2095 : : unsigned long scan_start;
2096 : : bool report_results;
2097 : : struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2098 : : u32 owner_nlportid;
2099 : : bool nl_owner_dead;
2100 : : struct list_head list;
2101 : :
2102 : : /* keep last */
2103 : : struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
2104 : : };
2105 : :
2106 : : /**
2107 : : * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
2108 : : *
2109 : : * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
2110 : : * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
2111 : : * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
2112 : : */
2113 : : enum cfg80211_signal_type {
2114 : : CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
2115 : : CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
2116 : : CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
2117 : : };
2118 : :
2119 : : /**
2120 : : * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
2121 : : * @chan: channel the frame was received on
2122 : : * @scan_width: scan width that was used
2123 : : * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
2124 : : * signal type
2125 : : * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
2126 : : * received; should match the time when the frame was actually
2127 : : * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
2128 : : * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
2129 : : * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
2130 : : * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate.
2131 : : * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
2132 : : * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
2133 : : * by %parent_bssid.
2134 : : * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
2135 : : * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
2136 : : * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2137 : : * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2138 : : */
2139 : : struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
2140 : : struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2141 : : enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2142 : : s32 signal;
2143 : : u64 boottime_ns;
2144 : : u64 parent_tsf;
2145 : : u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2146 : : u8 chains;
2147 : : s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2148 : : };
2149 : :
2150 : : /**
2151 : : * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
2152 : : * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
2153 : : * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
2154 : : * @len: length of the IEs
2155 : : * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
2156 : : * @data: IE data
2157 : : */
2158 : : struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
2159 : : u64 tsf;
2160 : : struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2161 : : int len;
2162 : : bool from_beacon;
2163 : : u8 data[];
2164 : : };
2165 : :
2166 : : /**
2167 : : * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
2168 : : *
2169 : : * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
2170 : : * for use in scan results and similar.
2171 : : *
2172 : : * @channel: channel this BSS is on
2173 : : * @scan_width: width of the control channel
2174 : : * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
2175 : : * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
2176 : : * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
2177 : : * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
2178 : : * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
2179 : : * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
2180 : : * received. It is always non-%NULL.
2181 : : * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
2182 : : * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
2183 : : * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
2184 : : * @hidden_beacon_bss struct)
2185 : : * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
2186 : : * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
2187 : : * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
2188 : : * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
2189 : : * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
2190 : : * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a
2191 : : * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support)
2192 : : * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one
2193 : : * (multi-BSSID support)
2194 : : * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
2195 : : * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2196 : : * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2197 : : * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set
2198 : : * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set
2199 : : * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
2200 : : */
2201 : : struct cfg80211_bss {
2202 : : struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2203 : : enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2204 : :
2205 : : const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
2206 : : const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
2207 : : const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;
2208 : :
2209 : : struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
2210 : : struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss;
2211 : : struct list_head nontrans_list;
2212 : :
2213 : : s32 signal;
2214 : :
2215 : : u16 beacon_interval;
2216 : : u16 capability;
2217 : :
2218 : : u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2219 : : u8 chains;
2220 : : s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2221 : :
2222 : : u8 bssid_index;
2223 : : u8 max_bssid_indicator;
2224 : :
2225 : : u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2226 : : };
2227 : :
2228 : : /**
2229 : : * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID
2230 : : * @bss: the bss to search
2231 : : * @id: the element ID
2232 : : *
2233 : : * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2234 : : * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2235 : : * Return: %NULL if not found.
2236 : : */
2237 : : const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id);
2238 : :
2239 : : /**
2240 : : * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
2241 : : * @bss: the bss to search
2242 : : * @id: the element ID
2243 : : *
2244 : : * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2245 : : * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2246 : : * Return: %NULL if not found.
2247 : : */
2248 : : static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id)
2249 : : {
2250 : 0 : return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id);
2251 : : }
2252 : :
2253 : :
2254 : : /**
2255 : : * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
2256 : : *
2257 : : * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2258 : : * authentication.
2259 : : *
2260 : : * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
2261 : : * to it if it needs to keep it.
2262 : : * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2263 : : * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
2264 : : * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2265 : : * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2266 : : * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2267 : : * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2268 : : * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
2269 : : * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
2270 : : * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
2271 : : * transaction sequence number field.
2272 : : * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
2273 : : */
2274 : : struct cfg80211_auth_request {
2275 : : struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2276 : : const u8 *ie;
2277 : : size_t ie_len;
2278 : : enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2279 : : const u8 *key;
2280 : : u8 key_len, key_idx;
2281 : : const u8 *auth_data;
2282 : : size_t auth_data_len;
2283 : : };
2284 : :
2285 : : /**
2286 : : * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
2287 : : *
2288 : : * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n)
2289 : : * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT
2290 : : * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
2291 : : * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
2292 : : * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
2293 : : * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
2294 : : * request (connect callback).
2295 : : */
2296 : : enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
2297 : : ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0),
2298 : : ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1),
2299 : : ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2),
2300 : : CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3),
2301 : : };
2302 : :
2303 : : /**
2304 : : * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
2305 : : *
2306 : : * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2307 : : * (re)association.
2308 : : * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
2309 : : * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
2310 : : * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
2311 : : * association requests while already associating must be rejected.
2312 : : * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
2313 : : * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2314 : : * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
2315 : : * @crypto: crypto settings
2316 : : * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2317 : : * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2318 : : * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2319 : : * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2320 : : * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2321 : : * frame.
2322 : : * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2323 : : * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
2324 : : * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
2325 : : * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2326 : : * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
2327 : : * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
2328 : : * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
2329 : : * %NULL if FILS is not used.
2330 : : * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
2331 : : * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
2332 : : * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
2333 : : * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2334 : : */
2335 : : struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
2336 : : struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2337 : : const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
2338 : : size_t ie_len;
2339 : : struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2340 : : bool use_mfp;
2341 : : u32 flags;
2342 : : struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2343 : : struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2344 : : struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
2345 : : const u8 *fils_kek;
2346 : : size_t fils_kek_len;
2347 : : const u8 *fils_nonces;
2348 : : };
2349 : :
2350 : : /**
2351 : : * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
2352 : : *
2353 : : * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2354 : : * deauthentication.
2355 : : *
2356 : : * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from
2357 : : * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
2358 : : * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2359 : : * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
2360 : : * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
2361 : : * do not set a deauth frame
2362 : : */
2363 : : struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
2364 : : const u8 *bssid;
2365 : : const u8 *ie;
2366 : : size_t ie_len;
2367 : : u16 reason_code;
2368 : : bool local_state_change;
2369 : : };
2370 : :
2371 : : /**
2372 : : * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
2373 : : *
2374 : : * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2375 : : * disassociation.
2376 : : *
2377 : : * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from
2378 : : * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
2379 : : * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2380 : : * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
2381 : : * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
2382 : : * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
2383 : : */
2384 : : struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
2385 : : struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2386 : : const u8 *ie;
2387 : : size_t ie_len;
2388 : : u16 reason_code;
2389 : : bool local_state_change;
2390 : : };
2391 : :
2392 : : /**
2393 : : * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
2394 : : *
2395 : : * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
2396 : : * method.
2397 : : *
2398 : : * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
2399 : : * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
2400 : : * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
2401 : : * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
2402 : : * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
2403 : : * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
2404 : : * IBSSs to join on other channels.
2405 : : * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
2406 : : * @ie_len: length of that
2407 : : * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
2408 : : * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
2409 : : * after joining
2410 : : * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
2411 : : * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
2412 : : * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
2413 : : * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
2414 : : * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
2415 : : * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2416 : : * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
2417 : : * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
2418 : : * to operate on DFS channels.
2419 : : * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
2420 : : * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2421 : : * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
2422 : : * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
2423 : : * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2424 : : * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
2425 : : * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
2426 : : * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
2427 : : */
2428 : : struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
2429 : : const u8 *ssid;
2430 : : const u8 *bssid;
2431 : : struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2432 : : const u8 *ie;
2433 : : u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
2434 : : u16 beacon_interval;
2435 : : u32 basic_rates;
2436 : : bool channel_fixed;
2437 : : bool privacy;
2438 : : bool control_port;
2439 : : bool control_port_over_nl80211;
2440 : : bool userspace_handles_dfs;
2441 : : int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2442 : : struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2443 : : struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2444 : : struct key_params *wep_keys;
2445 : : int wep_tx_key;
2446 : : };
2447 : :
2448 : : /**
2449 : : * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
2450 : : *
2451 : : * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
2452 : : * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
2453 : : * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
2454 : : * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
2455 : : */
2456 : : struct cfg80211_bss_selection {
2457 : : enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour;
2458 : : union {
2459 : : enum nl80211_band band_pref;
2460 : : struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust;
2461 : : } param;
2462 : : };
2463 : :
2464 : : /**
2465 : : * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
2466 : : *
2467 : : * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2468 : : * authentication and association.
2469 : : *
2470 : : * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
2471 : : * on scan results)
2472 : : * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
2473 : : * %NULL if not specified
2474 : : * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
2475 : : * results)
2476 : : * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
2477 : : * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
2478 : : * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
2479 : : * to use.
2480 : : * @ssid: SSID
2481 : : * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
2482 : : * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2483 : : * @ie: IEs for association request
2484 : : * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
2485 : : * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
2486 : : * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
2487 : : * @crypto: crypto settings
2488 : : * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2489 : : * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2490 : : * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2491 : : * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2492 : : * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds
2493 : : * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
2494 : : * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
2495 : : * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
2496 : : * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2497 : : * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides
2498 : : * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
2499 : : * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
2500 : : * networks.
2501 : : * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
2502 : : * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2503 : : * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2504 : : * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2505 : : * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2506 : : * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2507 : : * frame.
2508 : : * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
2509 : : * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
2510 : : * data IE.
2511 : : * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
2512 : : * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
2513 : : * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
2514 : : * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2515 : : * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
2516 : : * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
2517 : : * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2518 : : * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
2519 : : * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
2520 : : * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
2521 : : * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
2522 : : * offload of 4-way handshake.
2523 : : * @edmg: define the EDMG channels.
2524 : : * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver
2525 : : * to choose from, based on BSS configuration.
2526 : : */
2527 : : struct cfg80211_connect_params {
2528 : : struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2529 : : struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
2530 : : const u8 *bssid;
2531 : : const u8 *bssid_hint;
2532 : : const u8 *ssid;
2533 : : size_t ssid_len;
2534 : : enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2535 : : const u8 *ie;
2536 : : size_t ie_len;
2537 : : bool privacy;
2538 : : enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
2539 : : struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2540 : : const u8 *key;
2541 : : u8 key_len, key_idx;
2542 : : u32 flags;
2543 : : int bg_scan_period;
2544 : : struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2545 : : struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2546 : : struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
2547 : : struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
2548 : : bool pbss;
2549 : : struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select;
2550 : : const u8 *prev_bssid;
2551 : : const u8 *fils_erp_username;
2552 : : size_t fils_erp_username_len;
2553 : : const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
2554 : : size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
2555 : : u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
2556 : : const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
2557 : : size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
2558 : : bool want_1x;
2559 : : struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
2560 : : };
2561 : :
2562 : : /**
2563 : : * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
2564 : : *
2565 : : * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
2566 : : * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
2567 : : *
2568 : : * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
2569 : : * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm,
2570 : : * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated
2571 : : * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated
2572 : : */
2573 : : enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed {
2574 : : UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0),
2575 : : UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1),
2576 : : UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2),
2577 : : };
2578 : :
2579 : : /**
2580 : : * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
2581 : : * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
2582 : : * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
2583 : : * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
2584 : : * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
2585 : : * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
2586 : : * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
2587 : : * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed
2588 : : * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed
2589 : : * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum
2590 : : */
2591 : : enum wiphy_params_flags {
2592 : : WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0,
2593 : : WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1,
2594 : : WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2,
2595 : : WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3,
2596 : : WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4,
2597 : : WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5,
2598 : : WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6,
2599 : : WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7,
2600 : : WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8,
2601 : : };
2602 : :
2603 : : #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256
2604 : :
2605 : : /**
2606 : : * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
2607 : : *
2608 : : * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
2609 : : * caching.
2610 : : *
2611 : : * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
2612 : : * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
2613 : : * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
2614 : : * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
2615 : : * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
2616 : : * the hash algorithm used to generate this.
2617 : : * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
2618 : : * cache identifier (may be %NULL).
2619 : : * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
2620 : : * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
2621 : : * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
2622 : : * %NULL).
2623 : : */
2624 : : struct cfg80211_pmksa {
2625 : : const u8 *bssid;
2626 : : const u8 *pmkid;
2627 : : const u8 *pmk;
2628 : : size_t pmk_len;
2629 : : const u8 *ssid;
2630 : : size_t ssid_len;
2631 : : const u8 *cache_id;
2632 : : };
2633 : :
2634 : : /**
2635 : : * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
2636 : : * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
2637 : : * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
2638 : : * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
2639 : : * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
2640 : : * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
2641 : : *
2642 : : * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
2643 : : * memory, free @mask only!
2644 : : */
2645 : : struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
2646 : : const u8 *mask, *pattern;
2647 : : int pattern_len;
2648 : : int pkt_offset;
2649 : : };
2650 : :
2651 : : /**
2652 : : * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
2653 : : *
2654 : : * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
2655 : : * @src: source IP address
2656 : : * @dst: destination IP address
2657 : : * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
2658 : : * @src_port: source port
2659 : : * @dst_port: destination port
2660 : : * @payload_len: data payload length
2661 : : * @payload: data payload buffer
2662 : : * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
2663 : : * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
2664 : : * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
2665 : : * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
2666 : : * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
2667 : : * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
2668 : : * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
2669 : : */
2670 : : struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
2671 : : struct socket *sock;
2672 : : __be32 src, dst;
2673 : : u16 src_port, dst_port;
2674 : : u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
2675 : : int payload_len;
2676 : : const u8 *payload;
2677 : : struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
2678 : : u32 data_interval;
2679 : : u32 wake_len;
2680 : : const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
2681 : : u32 tokens_size;
2682 : : /* must be last, variable member */
2683 : : struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
2684 : : };
2685 : :
2686 : : /**
2687 : : * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
2688 : : *
2689 : : * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
2690 : : * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
2691 : : * operating as normal during suspend
2692 : : * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
2693 : : * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
2694 : : * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
2695 : : * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2696 : : * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
2697 : : * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
2698 : : * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
2699 : : * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
2700 : : * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
2701 : : * NULL if not configured.
2702 : : * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
2703 : : */
2704 : : struct cfg80211_wowlan {
2705 : : bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2706 : : eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2707 : : rfkill_release;
2708 : : struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2709 : : struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
2710 : : int n_patterns;
2711 : : struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
2712 : : };
2713 : :
2714 : : /**
2715 : : * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
2716 : : *
2717 : : * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
2718 : : * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
2719 : : * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
2720 : : * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
2721 : : * @patterns: array of packet patterns
2722 : : * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2723 : : */
2724 : : struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
2725 : : int delay;
2726 : : enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
2727 : : struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2728 : : int n_patterns;
2729 : : };
2730 : :
2731 : : /**
2732 : : * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
2733 : : *
2734 : : * This structure defines coalescing settings.
2735 : : * @rules: array of coalesce rules
2736 : : * @n_rules: number of rules
2737 : : */
2738 : : struct cfg80211_coalesce {
2739 : : struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules;
2740 : : int n_rules;
2741 : : };
2742 : :
2743 : : /**
2744 : : * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
2745 : : *
2746 : : * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
2747 : : * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This
2748 : : * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
2749 : : * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
2750 : : * occurred (in MHz)
2751 : : */
2752 : : struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
2753 : : struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2754 : : int n_channels;
2755 : : u32 channels[];
2756 : : };
2757 : :
2758 : : /**
2759 : : * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
2760 : : *
2761 : : * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
2762 : : * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
2763 : : * match information.
2764 : : * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
2765 : : * the matches that triggered the wake up.
2766 : : */
2767 : : struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
2768 : : int n_matches;
2769 : : struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[];
2770 : : };
2771 : :
2772 : : /**
2773 : : * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
2774 : : * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
2775 : : * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
2776 : : * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
2777 : : * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
2778 : : * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
2779 : : * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
2780 : : * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
2781 : : * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
2782 : : * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
2783 : : * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
2784 : : * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data
2785 : : * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
2786 : : * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
2787 : : * it is.
2788 : : * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
2789 : : * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
2790 : : * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
2791 : : * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
2792 : : */
2793 : : struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
2794 : : bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2795 : : eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2796 : : rfkill_release, packet_80211,
2797 : : tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens;
2798 : : s32 pattern_idx;
2799 : : u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
2800 : : const void *packet;
2801 : : struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
2802 : : };
2803 : :
2804 : : /**
2805 : : * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
2806 : : * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes)
2807 : : * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes)
2808 : : * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
2809 : : */
2810 : : struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
2811 : : const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
2812 : : };
2813 : :
2814 : : /**
2815 : : * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
2816 : : *
2817 : : * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
2818 : : *
2819 : : * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
2820 : : * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
2821 : : * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
2822 : : */
2823 : : struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
2824 : : u16 md;
2825 : : const u8 *ie;
2826 : : size_t ie_len;
2827 : : };
2828 : :
2829 : : /**
2830 : : * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
2831 : : *
2832 : : * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
2833 : : *
2834 : : * @chan: channel to use
2835 : : * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
2836 : : * @wait: duration for ROC
2837 : : * @buf: buffer to transmit
2838 : : * @len: buffer length
2839 : : * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
2840 : : * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
2841 : : * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
2842 : : * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
2843 : : */
2844 : : struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
2845 : : struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2846 : : bool offchan;
2847 : : unsigned int wait;
2848 : : const u8 *buf;
2849 : : size_t len;
2850 : : bool no_cck;
2851 : : bool dont_wait_for_ack;
2852 : : int n_csa_offsets;
2853 : : const u16 *csa_offsets;
2854 : : };
2855 : :
2856 : : /**
2857 : : * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
2858 : : *
2859 : : * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
2860 : : * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
2861 : : */
2862 : : struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
2863 : : u8 dscp;
2864 : : u8 up;
2865 : : };
2866 : :
2867 : : /**
2868 : : * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
2869 : : *
2870 : : * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2871 : : * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2872 : : */
2873 : : struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
2874 : : u8 low;
2875 : : u8 high;
2876 : : };
2877 : :
2878 : : /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
2879 : : #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21
2880 : : #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16
2881 : : #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
2882 : : (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
2883 : :
2884 : : /**
2885 : : * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
2886 : : *
2887 : : * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
2888 : : *
2889 : : * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
2890 : : * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
2891 : : * the user priority DSCP range definition
2892 : : * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
2893 : : */
2894 : : struct cfg80211_qos_map {
2895 : : u8 num_des;
2896 : : struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
2897 : : struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
2898 : : };
2899 : :
2900 : : /**
2901 : : * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
2902 : : *
2903 : : * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
2904 : : *
2905 : : * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
2906 : : * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
2907 : : * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
2908 : : * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
2909 : : */
2910 : : struct cfg80211_nan_conf {
2911 : : u8 master_pref;
2912 : : u8 bands;
2913 : : };
2914 : :
2915 : : /**
2916 : : * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
2917 : : * configuration
2918 : : *
2919 : : * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
2920 : : * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
2921 : : */
2922 : : enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes {
2923 : : CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0),
2924 : : CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1),
2925 : : };
2926 : :
2927 : : /**
2928 : : * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
2929 : : *
2930 : : * @filter: the content of the filter
2931 : : * @len: the length of the filter
2932 : : */
2933 : : struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter {
2934 : : const u8 *filter;
2935 : : u8 len;
2936 : : };
2937 : :
2938 : : /**
2939 : : * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
2940 : : *
2941 : : * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
2942 : : * @service_id: the service ID of the function
2943 : : * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
2944 : : * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
2945 : : * implementation specific.
2946 : : * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
2947 : : * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
2948 : : * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
2949 : : * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up
2950 : : * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
2951 : : * @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
2952 : : * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
2953 : : * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
2954 : : * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
2955 : : * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
2956 : : * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
2957 : : * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
2958 : : * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
2959 : : * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
2960 : : * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
2961 : : * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
2962 : : * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
2963 : : * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
2964 : : * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
2965 : : * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
2966 : : */
2967 : : struct cfg80211_nan_func {
2968 : : enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
2969 : : u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN];
2970 : : u8 publish_type;
2971 : : bool close_range;
2972 : : bool publish_bcast;
2973 : : bool subscribe_active;
2974 : : u8 followup_id;
2975 : : u8 followup_reqid;
2976 : : struct mac_address followup_dest;
2977 : : u32 ttl;
2978 : : const u8 *serv_spec_info;
2979 : : u8 serv_spec_info_len;
2980 : : bool srf_include;
2981 : : const u8 *srf_bf;
2982 : : u8 srf_bf_len;
2983 : : u8 srf_bf_idx;
2984 : : struct mac_address *srf_macs;
2985 : : int srf_num_macs;
2986 : : struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters;
2987 : : struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters;
2988 : : u8 num_tx_filters;
2989 : : u8 num_rx_filters;
2990 : : u8 instance_id;
2991 : : u64 cookie;
2992 : : };
2993 : :
2994 : : /**
2995 : : * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
2996 : : *
2997 : : * @aa: authenticator address
2998 : : * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
2999 : : * @pmk: the PMK material
3000 : : * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
3001 : : * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
3002 : : * holds PMK-R0.
3003 : : */
3004 : : struct cfg80211_pmk_conf {
3005 : : const u8 *aa;
3006 : : u8 pmk_len;
3007 : : const u8 *pmk;
3008 : : const u8 *pmk_r0_name;
3009 : : };
3010 : :
3011 : : /**
3012 : : * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
3013 : : *
3014 : : * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
3015 : : *
3016 : : * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
3017 : : * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
3018 : : * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
3019 : : * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
3020 : : * authentication response command interface.
3021 : : * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and
3022 : : * authentication response command interface.
3023 : : * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
3024 : : * authentication request event interface.
3025 : : * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
3026 : : * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
3027 : : * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
3028 : : * response command interface (user space to driver).
3029 : : * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
3030 : : */
3031 : : struct cfg80211_external_auth_params {
3032 : : enum nl80211_external_auth_action action;
3033 : : u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3034 : : struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
3035 : : unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
3036 : : u16 status;
3037 : : const u8 *pmkid;
3038 : : };
3039 : :
3040 : : /**
3041 : : * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
3042 : : *
3043 : : * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to
3044 : : * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
3045 : : * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully
3046 : : * answered
3047 : : * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were
3048 : : * successfully answered
3049 : : * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions
3050 : : * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions
3051 : : * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions
3052 : : * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication
3053 : : * of how much time the responder was busy
3054 : : * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from
3055 : : * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with
3056 : : * the responder
3057 : : * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks
3058 : : * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot
3059 : : * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window
3060 : : */
3061 : : struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats {
3062 : : u32 filled;
3063 : : u32 success_num;
3064 : : u32 partial_num;
3065 : : u32 failed_num;
3066 : : u32 asap_num;
3067 : : u32 non_asap_num;
3068 : : u64 total_duration_ms;
3069 : : u32 unknown_triggers_num;
3070 : : u32 reschedule_requests_num;
3071 : : u32 out_of_window_triggers_num;
3072 : : };
3073 : :
3074 : : /**
3075 : : * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result
3076 : : * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is
3077 : : * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise
3078 : : * reason than just "failure"
3079 : : * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index
3080 : : * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported
3081 : : * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted
3082 : : * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked
3083 : : * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
3084 : : * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible
3085 : : * by the responder
3086 : : * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated
3087 : : * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated
3088 : : * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated
3089 : : * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present)
3090 : : * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present)
3091 : : * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL)
3092 : : * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL)
3093 : : * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3094 : : * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3095 : : * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response
3096 : : * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame
3097 : : * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg)
3098 : : * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is
3099 : : * the square root of the variance)
3100 : : * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured
3101 : : * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured
3102 : : * (must have either this or @rtt_avg)
3103 : : * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance)
3104 : : * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread)
3105 : : * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid
3106 : : * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid
3107 : : * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid
3108 : : * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid
3109 : : * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid
3110 : : * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid
3111 : : * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid
3112 : : * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid
3113 : : * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid
3114 : : * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid
3115 : : * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid
3116 : : * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid
3117 : : */
3118 : : struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result {
3119 : : const u8 *lci;
3120 : : const u8 *civicloc;
3121 : : unsigned int lci_len;
3122 : : unsigned int civicloc_len;
3123 : : enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason;
3124 : : u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes;
3125 : : s16 burst_index;
3126 : : u8 busy_retry_time;
3127 : : u8 num_bursts_exp;
3128 : : u8 burst_duration;
3129 : : u8 ftms_per_burst;
3130 : : s32 rssi_avg;
3131 : : s32 rssi_spread;
3132 : : struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate;
3133 : : s64 rtt_avg;
3134 : : s64 rtt_variance;
3135 : : s64 rtt_spread;
3136 : : s64 dist_avg;
3137 : : s64 dist_variance;
3138 : : s64 dist_spread;
3139 : :
3140 : : u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1,
3141 : : num_ftmr_successes_valid:1,
3142 : : rssi_avg_valid:1,
3143 : : rssi_spread_valid:1,
3144 : : tx_rate_valid:1,
3145 : : rx_rate_valid:1,
3146 : : rtt_avg_valid:1,
3147 : : rtt_variance_valid:1,
3148 : : rtt_spread_valid:1,
3149 : : dist_avg_valid:1,
3150 : : dist_variance_valid:1,
3151 : : dist_spread_valid:1;
3152 : : };
3153 : :
3154 : : /**
3155 : : * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result
3156 : : * @addr: address of the peer
3157 : : * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the
3158 : : * measurement was made)
3159 : : * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time
3160 : : * @status: status of the measurement
3161 : : * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not
3162 : : * reporting partial results always set this flag
3163 : : * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid
3164 : : * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting
3165 : : * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and
3166 : : * they're all aggregated for userspace.
3167 : : */
3168 : : struct cfg80211_pmsr_result {
3169 : : u64 host_time, ap_tsf;
3170 : : enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status;
3171 : :
3172 : : u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3173 : :
3174 : : u8 final:1,
3175 : : ap_tsf_valid:1;
3176 : :
3177 : : enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type;
3178 : :
3179 : : union {
3180 : : struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm;
3181 : : };
3182 : : };
3183 : :
3184 : : /**
3185 : : * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data
3186 : : * @requested: indicates FTM is requested
3187 : : * @preamble: frame preamble to use
3188 : : * @burst_period: burst period to use
3189 : : * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode
3190 : : * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent
3191 : : * @burst_duration: burst duration
3192 : : * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst
3193 : : * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request
3194 : : * @request_lci: request LCI information
3195 : : * @request_civicloc: request civic location information
3196 : : *
3197 : : * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation.
3198 : : */
3199 : : struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer {
3200 : : enum nl80211_preamble preamble;
3201 : : u16 burst_period;
3202 : : u8 requested:1,
3203 : : asap:1,
3204 : : request_lci:1,
3205 : : request_civicloc:1;
3206 : : u8 num_bursts_exp;
3207 : : u8 burst_duration;
3208 : : u8 ftms_per_burst;
3209 : : u8 ftmr_retries;
3210 : : };
3211 : :
3212 : : /**
3213 : : * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request
3214 : : * @addr: MAC address
3215 : : * @chandef: channel to use
3216 : : * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF
3217 : : * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
3218 : : */
3219 : : struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer {
3220 : : u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3221 : : struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
3222 : : u8 report_ap_tsf:1;
3223 : : struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm;
3224 : : };
3225 : :
3226 : : /**
3227 : : * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request
3228 : : * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211
3229 : : * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211
3230 : : * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting,
3231 : : * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211
3232 : : * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request
3233 : : * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that
3234 : : * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
3235 : : * be taken from the @mac_addr
3236 : : * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request
3237 : : * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if
3238 : : * zero it means there's no timeout
3239 : : * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with
3240 : : * @peers: per-peer measurement request data
3241 : : */
3242 : : struct cfg80211_pmsr_request {
3243 : : u64 cookie;
3244 : : void *drv_data;
3245 : : u32 n_peers;
3246 : : u32 nl_portid;
3247 : :
3248 : : u32 timeout;
3249 : :
3250 : : u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3251 : : u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3252 : :
3253 : : struct list_head list;
3254 : :
3255 : : struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[];
3256 : : };
3257 : :
3258 : : /**
3259 : : * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information
3260 : : *
3261 : : * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE
3262 : : * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space.
3263 : : *
3264 : : * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces.
3265 : : *
3266 : : * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing
3267 : : * has to be done.
3268 : : * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info
3269 : : * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space
3270 : : * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for
3271 : : * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver).
3272 : : * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are
3273 : : * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and
3274 : : * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface.
3275 : : * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets.
3276 : : */
3277 : : struct cfg80211_update_owe_info {
3278 : : u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3279 : : u16 status;
3280 : : const u8 *ie;
3281 : : size_t ie_len;
3282 : : };
3283 : :
3284 : : /**
3285 : : * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
3286 : : *
3287 : : * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
3288 : : * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
3289 : : *
3290 : : * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
3291 : : * on success or a negative error code.
3292 : : *
3293 : : * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the
3294 : : * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this
3295 : : * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext.
3296 : : *
3297 : : * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
3298 : : * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
3299 : : * configured for the device.
3300 : : * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
3301 : : * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
3302 : : * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
3303 : : * the device.
3304 : : *
3305 : : * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
3306 : : * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
3307 : : * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
3308 : : * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
3309 : : * also set the address member in the wdev.
3310 : : *
3311 : : * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
3312 : : *
3313 : : * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
3314 : : * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
3315 : : *
3316 : : * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
3317 : : * when adding a group key.
3318 : : *
3319 : : * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
3320 : : * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
3321 : : * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
3322 : : * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
3323 : : * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
3324 : : *
3325 : : * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
3326 : : * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist.
3327 : : *
3328 : : * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface
3329 : : *
3330 : : * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface
3331 : : *
3332 : : * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
3333 : : *
3334 : : * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
3335 : : * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
3336 : : * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
3337 : : * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
3338 : : *
3339 : : * @add_station: Add a new station.
3340 : : * @del_station: Remove a station
3341 : : * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
3342 : : * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
3343 : : * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
3344 : : * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
3345 : : * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
3346 : : * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
3347 : : * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3348 : : *
3349 : : * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
3350 : : * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
3351 : : * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
3352 : : * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
3353 : : * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3354 : : * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
3355 : : * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3356 : : * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
3357 : : * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3358 : : * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
3359 : : * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3360 : : *
3361 : : * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
3362 : : *
3363 : : * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
3364 : : * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
3365 : : * set, and which to leave alone.
3366 : : *
3367 : : * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
3368 : : *
3369 : : * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
3370 : : *
3371 : : * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
3372 : : * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
3373 : : * join the mesh instead.
3374 : : *
3375 : : * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
3376 : : * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
3377 : : * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
3378 : : * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
3379 : : *
3380 : : * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
3381 : : * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
3382 : : * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
3383 : : * the scan/scan_done bracket too.
3384 : : * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
3385 : : * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
3386 : : *
3387 : : * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
3388 : : * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3389 : : * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
3390 : : * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3391 : : * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
3392 : : * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3393 : : * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
3394 : : * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3395 : : *
3396 : : * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
3397 : : * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
3398 : : * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
3399 : : * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
3400 : : * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
3401 : : * was received.
3402 : : * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
3403 : : * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
3404 : : * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
3405 : : * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
3406 : : * frame instead of Association Request frame.
3407 : : * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
3408 : : * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
3409 : : * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
3410 : : * indication of requesting reassociation.
3411 : : * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
3412 : : * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
3413 : : * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3414 : : * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
3415 : : * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
3416 : : * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
3417 : : * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
3418 : : * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
3419 : : * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
3420 : : * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
3421 : : * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3422 : : * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
3423 : : * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
3424 : : * case connection was already established (invoked with the
3425 : : * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
3426 : : *
3427 : : * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
3428 : : * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
3429 : : * to a merge.
3430 : : * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3431 : : * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
3432 : : * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3433 : : *
3434 : : * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
3435 : : * MESH mode)
3436 : : *
3437 : : * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
3438 : : * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
3439 : : * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
3440 : : * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
3441 : : *
3442 : : * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
3443 : : * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
3444 : : * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
3445 : : * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
3446 : : * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
3447 : : * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
3448 : : * return 0 if successful
3449 : : *
3450 : : * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface
3451 : : *
3452 : : * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
3453 : : * functions to adjust rfkill hw state
3454 : : *
3455 : : * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
3456 : : *
3457 : : * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
3458 : : * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
3459 : : * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
3460 : : * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
3461 : : * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
3462 : : * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
3463 : : * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
3464 : : * the duration value.
3465 : : * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
3466 : : * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
3467 : : * frame on another channel
3468 : : *
3469 : : * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
3470 : : * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
3471 : : * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
3472 : : * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
3473 : : * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
3474 : : * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
3475 : : * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
3476 : : *
3477 : : * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
3478 : : *
3479 : : * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
3480 : : * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
3481 : : * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
3482 : : * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
3483 : : * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
3484 : : * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
3485 : : * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
3486 : : * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
3487 : : * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
3488 : : * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
3489 : : * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
3490 : : * disabled.)
3491 : : * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
3492 : : * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the
3493 : : * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should
3494 : : * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
3495 : : * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
3496 : : * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
3497 : : * thresholds.
3498 : : * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
3499 : : * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
3500 : : * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
3501 : : * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
3502 : : * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
3503 : : * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
3504 : : * stop (when this method returns 0).
3505 : : *
3506 : : * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was
3507 : : * registered. The callback is allowed to sleep.
3508 : : *
3509 : : * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3510 : : * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3511 : : * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3512 : : * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3513 : : *
3514 : : * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
3515 : : *
3516 : : * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
3517 : : * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
3518 : : *
3519 : : * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
3520 : : * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
3521 : : *
3522 : : * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
3523 : : *
3524 : : * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
3525 : : * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
3526 : : * current monitoring channel.
3527 : : *
3528 : : * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
3529 : : * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
3530 : : *
3531 : : * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
3532 : : * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
3533 : : * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
3534 : : * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
3535 : : * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
3536 : : * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
3537 : : *
3538 : : * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
3539 : : *
3540 : : * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC
3541 : : * was finished on another phy.
3542 : : *
3543 : : * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
3544 : : * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
3545 : : * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
3546 : : *
3547 : : * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
3548 : : * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
3549 : : * driver can take the most appropriate actions.
3550 : : * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
3551 : : * reliability. This operation can not fail.
3552 : : * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
3553 : : *
3554 : : * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
3555 : : * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
3556 : : * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
3557 : : * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
3558 : : * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
3559 : : * as soon as possible.
3560 : : *
3561 : : * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
3562 : : *
3563 : : * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
3564 : : * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
3565 : : * changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
3566 : : *
3567 : : * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
3568 : : * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
3569 : : * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
3570 : : * account.
3571 : : * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
3572 : : * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
3573 : : * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
3574 : : * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
3575 : : * rejected)
3576 : : * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
3577 : : *
3578 : : * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
3579 : : * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3580 : : * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
3581 : : * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3582 : : *
3583 : : * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3584 : : * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3585 : : * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
3586 : : * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3587 : : * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
3588 : : * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
3589 : : * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
3590 : : * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
3591 : : * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
3592 : : * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
3593 : : * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
3594 : : * cfg80211_free_nan_func().
3595 : : * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
3596 : : * provided @nan_func.
3597 : : * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
3598 : : * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
3599 : : * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
3600 : : * All other parameters must be ignored.
3601 : : *
3602 : : * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
3603 : : *
3604 : : * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this
3605 : : * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise.
3606 : : *
3607 : : * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
3608 : : * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
3609 : : * upon which the driver should clear it.
3610 : : * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3611 : : * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
3612 : : * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3613 : : *
3614 : : * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
3615 : : * user space
3616 : : *
3617 : : * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter
3618 : : * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
3619 : : *
3620 : : * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3621 : : * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
3622 : : * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM)
3623 : : * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement
3624 : : *
3625 : : * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME
3626 : : * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated
3627 : : * DH IE through this interface.
3628 : : *
3629 : : * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame
3630 : : * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm.
3631 : : */
3632 : : struct cfg80211_ops {
3633 : : int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
3634 : : int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3635 : : void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
3636 : :
3637 : : struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3638 : : const char *name,
3639 : : unsigned char name_assign_type,
3640 : : enum nl80211_iftype type,
3641 : : struct vif_params *params);
3642 : : int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3643 : : struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3644 : : int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3645 : : struct net_device *dev,
3646 : : enum nl80211_iftype type,
3647 : : struct vif_params *params);
3648 : :
3649 : : int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3650 : : u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3651 : : struct key_params *params);
3652 : : int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3653 : : u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3654 : : void *cookie,
3655 : : void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
3656 : : int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3657 : : u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr);
3658 : : int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3659 : : struct net_device *netdev,
3660 : : u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
3661 : : int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3662 : : struct net_device *netdev,
3663 : : u8 key_index);
3664 : :
3665 : : int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3666 : : struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
3667 : : int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3668 : : struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info);
3669 : : int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3670 : :
3671 : :
3672 : : int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3673 : : const u8 *mac,
3674 : : struct station_parameters *params);
3675 : : int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3676 : : struct station_del_parameters *params);
3677 : : int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3678 : : const u8 *mac,
3679 : : struct station_parameters *params);
3680 : : int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3681 : : const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3682 : : int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3683 : : int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3684 : :
3685 : : int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3686 : : const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3687 : : int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3688 : : const u8 *dst);
3689 : : int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3690 : : const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3691 : : int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3692 : : u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3693 : : int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3694 : : int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
3695 : : struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3696 : : int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3697 : : u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3698 : : int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3699 : : int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
3700 : : struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3701 : : int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3702 : : struct net_device *dev,
3703 : : struct mesh_config *conf);
3704 : : int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3705 : : struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
3706 : : const struct mesh_config *nconf);
3707 : : int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3708 : : const struct mesh_config *conf,
3709 : : const struct mesh_setup *setup);
3710 : : int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3711 : :
3712 : : int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3713 : : struct ocb_setup *setup);
3714 : : int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3715 : :
3716 : : int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3717 : : struct bss_parameters *params);
3718 : :
3719 : : int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3720 : : struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
3721 : :
3722 : : int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3723 : : struct net_device *dev,
3724 : : struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
3725 : :
3726 : : int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3727 : : struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3728 : :
3729 : : int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3730 : : struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
3731 : : void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3732 : :
3733 : : int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3734 : : struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
3735 : : int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3736 : : struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
3737 : : int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3738 : : struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
3739 : : int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3740 : : struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
3741 : :
3742 : : int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3743 : : struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
3744 : : int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3745 : : struct net_device *dev,
3746 : : struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme,
3747 : : u32 changed);
3748 : : int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3749 : : u16 reason_code);
3750 : :
3751 : : int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3752 : : struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
3753 : : int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3754 : :
3755 : : int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3756 : : int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]);
3757 : :
3758 : : int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
3759 : :
3760 : : int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3761 : : enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
3762 : : int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3763 : : int *dbm);
3764 : :
3765 : : int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3766 : : const u8 *addr);
3767 : :
3768 : : void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3769 : :
3770 : : #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
3771 : : int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3772 : : void *data, int len);
3773 : : int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
3774 : : struct netlink_callback *cb,
3775 : : void *data, int len);
3776 : : #endif
3777 : :
3778 : : int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3779 : : struct net_device *dev,
3780 : : const u8 *peer,
3781 : : const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
3782 : :
3783 : : int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3784 : : int idx, struct survey_info *info);
3785 : :
3786 : : int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3787 : : struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3788 : : int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3789 : : struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3790 : : int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
3791 : :
3792 : : int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3793 : : struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3794 : : struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
3795 : : unsigned int duration,
3796 : : u64 *cookie);
3797 : : int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3798 : : struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3799 : : u64 cookie);
3800 : :
3801 : : int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3802 : : struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
3803 : : u64 *cookie);
3804 : : int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3805 : : struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3806 : : u64 cookie);
3807 : :
3808 : : int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3809 : : bool enabled, int timeout);
3810 : :
3811 : : int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3812 : : struct net_device *dev,
3813 : : s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
3814 : :
3815 : : int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3816 : : struct net_device *dev,
3817 : : s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high);
3818 : :
3819 : : int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3820 : : struct net_device *dev,
3821 : : u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);
3822 : :
3823 : : void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3824 : : struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3825 : : u16 frame_type, bool reg);
3826 : :
3827 : : int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3828 : : int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
3829 : :
3830 : : int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3831 : : struct net_device *dev,
3832 : : struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
3833 : : int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3834 : : u64 reqid);
3835 : :
3836 : : int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3837 : : struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
3838 : :
3839 : : int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3840 : : const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token,
3841 : : u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability,
3842 : : bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3843 : : int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3844 : : const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
3845 : :
3846 : : int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3847 : : const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
3848 : :
3849 : : int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3850 : : struct net_device *dev,
3851 : : u16 noack_map);
3852 : :
3853 : : int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3854 : : struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3855 : : struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3856 : :
3857 : : int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3858 : : struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3859 : : void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3860 : : struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3861 : :
3862 : : int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3863 : : const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
3864 : :
3865 : : int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3866 : : struct net_device *dev,
3867 : : struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
3868 : : u32 cac_time_ms);
3869 : : void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3870 : : struct net_device *dev);
3871 : : int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3872 : : struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
3873 : : int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3874 : : struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3875 : : enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
3876 : : u16 duration);
3877 : : void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3878 : : struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3879 : : int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3880 : : struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
3881 : :
3882 : : int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3883 : : struct net_device *dev,
3884 : : struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
3885 : :
3886 : : int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3887 : : struct net_device *dev,
3888 : : struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
3889 : :
3890 : : int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3891 : : struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3892 : :
3893 : : int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3894 : : u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
3895 : : u16 admitted_time);
3896 : : int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3897 : : u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
3898 : :
3899 : : int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3900 : : struct net_device *dev,
3901 : : const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
3902 : : struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3903 : : void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3904 : : struct net_device *dev,
3905 : : const u8 *addr);
3906 : : int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3907 : : struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
3908 : : void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3909 : : int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3910 : : struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
3911 : : void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3912 : : u64 cookie);
3913 : : int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3914 : : struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3915 : : struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
3916 : : u32 changes);
3917 : :
3918 : : int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3919 : : struct net_device *dev,
3920 : : const bool enabled);
3921 : :
3922 : : int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3923 : : struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3924 : : struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats);
3925 : :
3926 : : int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3927 : : const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf);
3928 : : int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3929 : : const u8 *aa);
3930 : : int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3931 : : struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params);
3932 : :
3933 : : int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3934 : : struct net_device *dev,
3935 : : const u8 *buf, size_t len,
3936 : : const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto,
3937 : : const bool noencrypt);
3938 : :
3939 : : int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3940 : : struct net_device *dev,
3941 : : struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
3942 : :
3943 : : int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3944 : : struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
3945 : : void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3946 : : struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
3947 : : int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3948 : : struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info);
3949 : : int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3950 : : const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3951 : : };
3952 : :
3953 : : /*
3954 : : * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
3955 : : * and registration/helper functions
3956 : : */
3957 : :
3958 : : /**
3959 : : * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
3960 : : *
3961 : : * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
3962 : : * wiphy at all
3963 : : * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
3964 : : * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
3965 : : * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
3966 : : * reason to override the default
3967 : : * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
3968 : : * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of
3969 : : * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype.
3970 : : * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
3971 : : * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
3972 : : * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
3973 : : * control_port_no_encrypt flag.
3974 : : * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
3975 : : * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
3976 : : * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
3977 : : * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
3978 : : * firmware.
3979 : : * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
3980 : : * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
3981 : : * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
3982 : : * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
3983 : : * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
3984 : : * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
3985 : : * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
3986 : : * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
3987 : : * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
3988 : : * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
3989 : : * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
3990 : : * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
3991 : : * responds to probe-requests in hardware.
3992 : : * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
3993 : : * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
3994 : : * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
3995 : : * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
3996 : : * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
3997 : : * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation
3998 : : * before connection.
3999 : : */
4000 : : enum wiphy_flags {
4001 : : /* use hole at 0 */
4002 : : /* use hole at 1 */
4003 : : /* use hole at 2 */
4004 : : WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3),
4005 : : WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4),
4006 : : WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5),
4007 : : WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6),
4008 : : WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7),
4009 : : WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8),
4010 : : WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10),
4011 : : /* use hole at 11 */
4012 : : /* use hole at 12 */
4013 : : WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13),
4014 : : WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14),
4015 : : WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15),
4016 : : WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16),
4017 : : WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17),
4018 : : WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18),
4019 : : WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19),
4020 : : WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20),
4021 : : WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21),
4022 : : WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22),
4023 : : WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23),
4024 : : WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24),
4025 : : };
4026 : :
4027 : : /**
4028 : : * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
4029 : : * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
4030 : : * @types: interface types (bits)
4031 : : */
4032 : : struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
4033 : : u16 max;
4034 : : u16 types;
4035 : : };
4036 : :
4037 : : /**
4038 : : * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
4039 : : *
4040 : : * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
4041 : : * combinations it supports concurrently.
4042 : : *
4043 : : * Examples:
4044 : : *
4045 : : * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
4046 : : *
4047 : : * .. code-block:: c
4048 : : *
4049 : : * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
4050 : : * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4051 : : * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, },
4052 : : * };
4053 : : * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
4054 : : * .limits = limits1,
4055 : : * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
4056 : : * .max_interfaces = 2,
4057 : : * .beacon_int_infra_match = true,
4058 : : * };
4059 : : *
4060 : : *
4061 : : * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
4062 : : *
4063 : : * .. code-block:: c
4064 : : *
4065 : : * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
4066 : : * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
4067 : : * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
4068 : : * };
4069 : : * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
4070 : : * .limits = limits2,
4071 : : * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
4072 : : * .max_interfaces = 8,
4073 : : * .num_different_channels = 1,
4074 : : * };
4075 : : *
4076 : : *
4077 : : * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
4078 : : *
4079 : : * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
4080 : : *
4081 : : * .. code-block:: c
4082 : : *
4083 : : * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
4084 : : * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4085 : : * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
4086 : : * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
4087 : : * };
4088 : : * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
4089 : : * .limits = limits3,
4090 : : * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
4091 : : * .max_interfaces = 4,
4092 : : * .num_different_channels = 2,
4093 : : * };
4094 : : *
4095 : : */
4096 : : struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
4097 : : /**
4098 : : * @limits:
4099 : : * limits for the given interface types
4100 : : */
4101 : : const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
4102 : :
4103 : : /**
4104 : : * @num_different_channels:
4105 : : * can use up to this many different channels
4106 : : */
4107 : : u32 num_different_channels;
4108 : :
4109 : : /**
4110 : : * @max_interfaces:
4111 : : * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
4112 : : */
4113 : : u16 max_interfaces;
4114 : :
4115 : : /**
4116 : : * @n_limits:
4117 : : * number of limitations
4118 : : */
4119 : : u8 n_limits;
4120 : :
4121 : : /**
4122 : : * @beacon_int_infra_match:
4123 : : * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
4124 : : * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
4125 : : */
4126 : : bool beacon_int_infra_match;
4127 : :
4128 : : /**
4129 : : * @radar_detect_widths:
4130 : : * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
4131 : : */
4132 : : u8 radar_detect_widths;
4133 : :
4134 : : /**
4135 : : * @radar_detect_regions:
4136 : : * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
4137 : : */
4138 : : u8 radar_detect_regions;
4139 : :
4140 : : /**
4141 : : * @beacon_int_min_gcd:
4142 : : * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
4143 : : *
4144 : : * = 0
4145 : : * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
4146 : : * > 0
4147 : : * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
4148 : : * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
4149 : : * combination must be greater or equal to this value.
4150 : : */
4151 : : u32 beacon_int_min_gcd;
4152 : : };
4153 : :
4154 : : struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
4155 : : u16 tx, rx;
4156 : : };
4157 : :
4158 : : /**
4159 : : * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
4160 : : * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
4161 : : * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
4162 : : * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
4163 : : * received packet that passed filtering; note that the
4164 : : * packet should be preserved in that case
4165 : : * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
4166 : : * (see nl80211.h)
4167 : : * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
4168 : : * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
4169 : : * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
4170 : : * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
4171 : : * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
4172 : : * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
4173 : : * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
4174 : : */
4175 : : enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
4176 : : WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0),
4177 : : WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1),
4178 : : WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2),
4179 : : WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3),
4180 : : WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4),
4181 : : WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5),
4182 : : WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6),
4183 : : WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7),
4184 : : WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8),
4185 : : };
4186 : :
4187 : : struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
4188 : : const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
4189 : : u32 data_payload_max;
4190 : : u32 data_interval_max;
4191 : : u32 wake_payload_max;
4192 : : bool seq;
4193 : : };
4194 : :
4195 : : /**
4196 : : * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
4197 : : * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
4198 : : * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
4199 : : * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4200 : : * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4201 : : * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4202 : : * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4203 : : * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
4204 : : * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
4205 : : * scheduled scans.
4206 : : * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
4207 : : * details.
4208 : : * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
4209 : : */
4210 : : struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
4211 : : u32 flags;
4212 : : int n_patterns;
4213 : : int pattern_max_len;
4214 : : int pattern_min_len;
4215 : : int max_pkt_offset;
4216 : : int max_nd_match_sets;
4217 : : const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
4218 : : };
4219 : :
4220 : : /**
4221 : : * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
4222 : : * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
4223 : : * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4224 : : * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
4225 : : * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4226 : : * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4227 : : * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4228 : : * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4229 : : */
4230 : : struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
4231 : : int n_rules;
4232 : : int max_delay;
4233 : : int n_patterns;
4234 : : int pattern_max_len;
4235 : : int pattern_min_len;
4236 : : int max_pkt_offset;
4237 : : };
4238 : :
4239 : : /**
4240 : : * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
4241 : : * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
4242 : : * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
4243 : : * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
4244 : : * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
4245 : : */
4246 : : enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
4247 : : WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
4248 : : WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
4249 : : WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
4250 : : };
4251 : :
4252 : : /**
4253 : : * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
4254 : : *
4255 : : * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
4256 : : * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
4257 : : * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
4258 : : *
4259 : : */
4260 : : enum wiphy_opmode_flag {
4261 : : STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
4262 : : STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1),
4263 : : STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2),
4264 : : };
4265 : :
4266 : : /**
4267 : : * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
4268 : : * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
4269 : : * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
4270 : : * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
4271 : : * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
4272 : : */
4273 : :
4274 : : struct sta_opmode_info {
4275 : : u32 changed;
4276 : : enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
4277 : : enum nl80211_chan_width bw;
4278 : : u8 rx_nss;
4279 : : };
4280 : :
4281 : : #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA))
4282 : :
4283 : : /**
4284 : : * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
4285 : : * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
4286 : : * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
4287 : : * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
4288 : : * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
4289 : : * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
4290 : : * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
4291 : : * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
4292 : : * dumpit calls.
4293 : : * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
4294 : : * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the
4295 : : * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command).
4296 : : * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy
4297 : : * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
4298 : : * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
4299 : : * are used with dump requests.
4300 : : */
4301 : : struct wiphy_vendor_command {
4302 : : struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
4303 : : u32 flags;
4304 : : int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4305 : : const void *data, int data_len);
4306 : : int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4307 : : struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
4308 : : unsigned long *storage);
4309 : : const struct nla_policy *policy;
4310 : : unsigned int maxattr;
4311 : : };
4312 : :
4313 : : /**
4314 : : * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
4315 : : * @iftype: interface type
4316 : : * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4317 : : * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
4318 : : * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
4319 : : * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
4320 : : * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
4321 : : * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4322 : : * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4323 : : */
4324 : : struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab {
4325 : : enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
4326 : : const u8 *extended_capabilities;
4327 : : const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask;
4328 : : u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4329 : : };
4330 : :
4331 : : /**
4332 : : * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities
4333 : : * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement
4334 : : * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement
4335 : : * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement
4336 : : * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported
4337 : : * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported
4338 : : * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported
4339 : : * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data
4340 : : * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data
4341 : : * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble)
4342 : : * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width)
4343 : : * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported
4344 : : * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily
4345 : : * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick)
4346 : : * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if
4347 : : * not limited)
4348 : : */
4349 : : struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities {
4350 : : unsigned int max_peers;
4351 : : u8 report_ap_tsf:1,
4352 : : randomize_mac_addr:1;
4353 : :
4354 : : struct {
4355 : : u32 preambles;
4356 : : u32 bandwidths;
4357 : : s8 max_bursts_exponent;
4358 : : u8 max_ftms_per_burst;
4359 : : u8 supported:1,
4360 : : asap:1,
4361 : : non_asap:1,
4362 : : request_lci:1,
4363 : : request_civicloc:1;
4364 : : } ftm;
4365 : : };
4366 : :
4367 : : /**
4368 : : * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
4369 : : * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
4370 : : * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
4371 : : * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
4372 : : * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
4373 : : * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
4374 : : * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
4375 : : * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
4376 : : * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
4377 : : * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
4378 : : * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
4379 : : * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites
4380 : : * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4381 : : * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
4382 : : * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
4383 : : * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
4384 : : * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
4385 : : * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
4386 : : * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
4387 : : * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
4388 : : * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
4389 : : * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
4390 : : * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
4391 : : * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
4392 : : * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
4393 : : * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
4394 : : * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
4395 : : * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
4396 : : * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
4397 : : * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
4398 : : * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
4399 : : * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
4400 : : * unregister hardware
4401 : : * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed
4402 : : * automatically on wiphy renames
4403 : : * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy
4404 : : * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister
4405 : : * @wext: wireless extension handlers
4406 : : * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
4407 : : * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
4408 : : * must be set by driver
4409 : : * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
4410 : : * list single interface types.
4411 : : * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
4412 : : * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
4413 : : * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
4414 : : * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
4415 : : * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
4416 : : * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
4417 : : * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
4418 : : * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
4419 : : * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
4420 : : * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
4421 : : * this variable determines its size
4422 : : * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
4423 : : * any given scan
4424 : : * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
4425 : : * the device can run concurrently.
4426 : : * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
4427 : : * for in any given scheduled scan
4428 : : * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
4429 : : * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
4430 : : * supported.
4431 : : * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
4432 : : * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
4433 : : * include fixed IEs like supported rates
4434 : : * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
4435 : : * scans
4436 : : * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
4437 : : * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
4438 : : * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
4439 : : * single scan plan supported by the device.
4440 : : * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
4441 : : * scan plan supported by the device.
4442 : : * @coverage_class: current coverage class
4443 : : * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
4444 : : * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
4445 : : * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
4446 : : * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
4447 : : * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
4448 : : * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
4449 : : *
4450 : : * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
4451 : : * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
4452 : : * type
4453 : : *
4454 : : * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4455 : : * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4456 : : * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
4457 : : *
4458 : : * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4459 : : * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4460 : : * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
4461 : : *
4462 : : * @probe_resp_offload:
4463 : : * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
4464 : : * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
4465 : : * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
4466 : : *
4467 : : * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
4468 : : * may request, if implemented.
4469 : : *
4470 : : * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
4471 : : * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
4472 : : * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
4473 : : * to the suspend() operation instead.
4474 : : *
4475 : : * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
4476 : : * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
4477 : : * If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4478 : : * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
4479 : : * If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4480 : : *
4481 : : * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
4482 : : * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
4483 : : *
4484 : : * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
4485 : : * supports for ACL.
4486 : : *
4487 : : * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4488 : : * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
4489 : : * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
4490 : : * and are in the same format as in the information element. See
4491 : : * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
4492 : : * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
4493 : : * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
4494 : : * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4495 : : * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4496 : : * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
4497 : : * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
4498 : : * capabilities are specified separately.
4499 : : * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
4500 : : *
4501 : : * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
4502 : : * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
4503 : : * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
4504 : : * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
4505 : : *
4506 : : * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
4507 : : * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
4508 : : * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
4509 : : * some cases, but may not always reach.
4510 : : *
4511 : : * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
4512 : : * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver
4513 : : * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
4514 : : * infinite.
4515 : : * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the
4516 : : * frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which
4517 : : * the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the
4518 : : * low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set
4519 : : * this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate.
4520 : : * This value should be set in MHz.
4521 : : * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
4522 : : * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
4523 : : * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
4524 : : *
4525 : : * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
4526 : : * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for
4527 : : * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
4528 : : * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
4529 : : *
4530 : : * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit
4531 : : * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit
4532 : : * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum
4533 : : *
4534 : : * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP
4535 : : * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not
4536 : : * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues.
4537 : : * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect.
4538 : : *
4539 : : * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities
4540 : : */
4541 : : struct wiphy {
4542 : : /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
4543 : :
4544 : : /* permanent MAC address(es) */
4545 : : u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
4546 : : u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
4547 : :
4548 : : struct mac_address *addresses;
4549 : :
4550 : : const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
4551 : :
4552 : : const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
4553 : : int n_iface_combinations;
4554 : : u16 software_iftypes;
4555 : :
4556 : : u16 n_addresses;
4557 : :
4558 : : /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
4559 : : u16 interface_modes;
4560 : :
4561 : : u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;
4562 : :
4563 : : u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
4564 : : u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
4565 : :
4566 : : u32 ap_sme_capa;
4567 : :
4568 : : enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
4569 : :
4570 : : int bss_priv_size;
4571 : : u8 max_scan_ssids;
4572 : : u8 max_sched_scan_reqs;
4573 : : u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
4574 : : u8 max_match_sets;
4575 : : u16 max_scan_ie_len;
4576 : : u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
4577 : : u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
4578 : : u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
4579 : : u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
4580 : :
4581 : : int n_cipher_suites;
4582 : : const u32 *cipher_suites;
4583 : :
4584 : : int n_akm_suites;
4585 : : const u32 *akm_suites;
4586 : :
4587 : : u8 retry_short;
4588 : : u8 retry_long;
4589 : : u32 frag_threshold;
4590 : : u32 rts_threshold;
4591 : : u8 coverage_class;
4592 : :
4593 : : char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
4594 : : u32 hw_version;
4595 : :
4596 : : #ifdef CONFIG_PM
4597 : : const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
4598 : : struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
4599 : : #endif
4600 : :
4601 : : u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
4602 : :
4603 : : u8 max_num_pmkids;
4604 : :
4605 : : u32 available_antennas_tx;
4606 : : u32 available_antennas_rx;
4607 : :
4608 : : /*
4609 : : * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading
4610 : : * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
4611 : : * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
4612 : : */
4613 : : u32 probe_resp_offload;
4614 : :
4615 : : const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
4616 : : u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4617 : :
4618 : : const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab;
4619 : : unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab;
4620 : :
4621 : : /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g.
4622 : : * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't
4623 : : * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered
4624 : : * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to
4625 : : * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */
4626 : : const void *privid;
4627 : :
4628 : : struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
4629 : :
4630 : : /* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */
4631 : : void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4632 : : struct regulatory_request *request);
4633 : :
4634 : : /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
4635 : :
4636 : : const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
4637 : :
4638 : : /* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this,
4639 : : * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */
4640 : : struct device dev;
4641 : :
4642 : : /* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */
4643 : : bool registered;
4644 : :
4645 : : /* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */
4646 : : struct dentry *debugfsdir;
4647 : :
4648 : : const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
4649 : : const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
4650 : :
4651 : : struct list_head wdev_list;
4652 : :
4653 : : /* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */
4654 : : possible_net_t _net;
4655 : :
4656 : : #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
4657 : : const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
4658 : : #endif
4659 : :
4660 : : const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;
4661 : :
4662 : : const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
4663 : : const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
4664 : : int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
4665 : :
4666 : : u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;
4667 : :
4668 : : u8 max_num_csa_counters;
4669 : : u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp;
4670 : :
4671 : : u32 bss_select_support;
4672 : :
4673 : : u8 nan_supported_bands;
4674 : :
4675 : : u32 txq_limit;
4676 : : u32 txq_memory_limit;
4677 : : u32 txq_quantum;
4678 : :
4679 : : u8 support_mbssid:1,
4680 : : support_only_he_mbssid:1;
4681 : :
4682 : : const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa;
4683 : :
4684 : : char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
4685 : : };
4686 : :
4687 : : static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4688 : : {
4689 : : return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
4690 : : }
4691 : :
4692 : : static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
4693 : : {
4694 : : write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
4695 : : }
4696 : :
4697 : : /**
4698 : : * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
4699 : : *
4700 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
4701 : : * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
4702 : : */
4703 : : static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4704 : : {
4705 : : BUG_ON(!wiphy);
4706 : : return &wiphy->priv;
4707 : : }
4708 : :
4709 : : /**
4710 : : * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
4711 : : *
4712 : : * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
4713 : : * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
4714 : : */
4715 : : static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
4716 : : {
4717 : : BUG_ON(!priv);
4718 : : return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
4719 : : }
4720 : :
4721 : : /**
4722 : : * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
4723 : : *
4724 : : * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
4725 : : * @dev: The device to parent it to
4726 : : */
4727 : : static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
4728 : : {
4729 : : wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
4730 : : }
4731 : :
4732 : : /**
4733 : : * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
4734 : : *
4735 : : * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
4736 : : * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
4737 : : */
4738 : : static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4739 : : {
4740 : 0 : return wiphy->dev.parent;
4741 : : }
4742 : :
4743 : : /**
4744 : : * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
4745 : : *
4746 : : * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
4747 : : * Return: The name of @wiphy.
4748 : : */
4749 : : static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
4750 : : {
4751 : : return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
4752 : : }
4753 : :
4754 : : /**
4755 : : * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4756 : : *
4757 : : * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4758 : : * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4759 : : * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
4760 : : * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
4761 : : *
4762 : : * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4763 : : * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4764 : : *
4765 : : * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4766 : : * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4767 : : */
4768 : : struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
4769 : : const char *requested_name);
4770 : :
4771 : : /**
4772 : : * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4773 : : *
4774 : : * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4775 : : * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4776 : : *
4777 : : * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4778 : : * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4779 : : *
4780 : : * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4781 : : * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4782 : : */
4783 : : static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
4784 : : int sizeof_priv)
4785 : : {
4786 : : return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
4787 : : }
4788 : :
4789 : : /**
4790 : : * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
4791 : : *
4792 : : * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
4793 : : *
4794 : : * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
4795 : : */
4796 : : int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4797 : :
4798 : : /**
4799 : : * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
4800 : : *
4801 : : * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
4802 : : *
4803 : : * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
4804 : : * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
4805 : : * request that is being handled.
4806 : : */
4807 : : void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4808 : :
4809 : : /**
4810 : : * wiphy_free - free wiphy
4811 : : *
4812 : : * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
4813 : : */
4814 : : void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4815 : :
4816 : : /* internal structs */
4817 : : struct cfg80211_conn;
4818 : : struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
4819 : : struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
4820 : : struct cfg80211_cqm_config;
4821 : :
4822 : : /**
4823 : : * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
4824 : : *
4825 : : * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
4826 : : * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
4827 : : * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
4828 : : * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
4829 : : * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device.
4830 : : *
4831 : : * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
4832 : : * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
4833 : : * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
4834 : : * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
4835 : : *
4836 : : * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
4837 : : * @iftype: interface type
4838 : : * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
4839 : : * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
4840 : : * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
4841 : : * wireless device if it has no netdev
4842 : : * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4843 : : * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track
4844 : : * the user-set channel definition.
4845 : : * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to
4846 : : * track the channel to be used for AP later
4847 : : * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4848 : : * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4849 : : * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4850 : : * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4851 : : * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4852 : : * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
4853 : : * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling
4854 : : * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data
4855 : : * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data
4856 : : * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association
4857 : : * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements
4858 : : * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID
4859 : : * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID
4860 : : * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index
4861 : : * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index
4862 : : * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation
4863 : : * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity
4864 : : * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
4865 : : * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
4866 : : * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
4867 : : * by cfg80211 on change_interface
4868 : : * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
4869 : : * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list
4870 : : * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers
4871 : : * and some API functions require it held
4872 : : * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
4873 : : * beacons, 0 when not valid
4874 : : * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
4875 : : * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
4876 : : * the P2P Device.
4877 : : * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
4878 : : * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
4879 : : * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
4880 : : * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
4881 : : * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
4882 : : * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
4883 : : * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
4884 : : * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
4885 : : * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
4886 : : * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
4887 : : * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
4888 : : * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
4889 : : * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
4890 : : * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID
4891 : : * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel
4892 : : * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
4893 : : * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
4894 : : * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
4895 : : * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
4896 : : * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
4897 : : * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests
4898 : : * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock
4899 : : * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work
4900 : : */
4901 : : struct wireless_dev {
4902 : : struct wiphy *wiphy;
4903 : : enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
4904 : :
4905 : : /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
4906 : : struct list_head list;
4907 : : struct net_device *netdev;
4908 : :
4909 : : u32 identifier;
4910 : :
4911 : : struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
4912 : : spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock;
4913 : :
4914 : : struct mutex mtx;
4915 : :
4916 : : bool use_4addr, is_running;
4917 : :
4918 : : u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
4919 : :
4920 : : /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
4921 : : u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
4922 : : u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len;
4923 : : struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
4924 : : struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
4925 : : enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
4926 : : u32 conn_owner_nlportid;
4927 : :
4928 : : struct work_struct disconnect_wk;
4929 : : u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4930 : :
4931 : : struct list_head event_list;
4932 : : spinlock_t event_lock;
4933 : :
4934 : : struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */
4935 : : struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
4936 : : struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
4937 : :
4938 : : bool ibss_fixed;
4939 : : bool ibss_dfs_possible;
4940 : :
4941 : : bool ps;
4942 : : int ps_timeout;
4943 : :
4944 : : int beacon_interval;
4945 : :
4946 : : u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
4947 : :
4948 : : u32 owner_nlportid;
4949 : : bool nl_owner_dead;
4950 : :
4951 : : bool cac_started;
4952 : : unsigned long cac_start_time;
4953 : : unsigned int cac_time_ms;
4954 : :
4955 : : #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
4956 : : /* wext data */
4957 : : struct {
4958 : : struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
4959 : : struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
4960 : : struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
4961 : : const u8 *ie;
4962 : : size_t ie_len;
4963 : : u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4964 : : u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4965 : : u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
4966 : : s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
4967 : : bool prev_bssid_valid;
4968 : : } wext;
4969 : : #endif
4970 : :
4971 : : struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config;
4972 : :
4973 : : struct list_head pmsr_list;
4974 : : spinlock_t pmsr_lock;
4975 : : struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk;
4976 : : };
4977 : :
4978 : : static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4979 : : {
4980 [ # # # # ]: 0 : if (wdev->netdev)
4981 : 0 : return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
4982 : 0 : return wdev->address;
4983 : : }
4984 : :
4985 : : static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4986 : : {
4987 [ # # # # : 0 : if (wdev->netdev)
# # # # #
# # # # #
# # ]
4988 : : return netif_running(wdev->netdev);
4989 : 0 : return wdev->is_running;
4990 : : }
4991 : :
4992 : : /**
4993 : : * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
4994 : : *
4995 : : * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
4996 : : * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
4997 : : */
4998 : : static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4999 : : {
5000 : : BUG_ON(!wdev);
5001 : : return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
5002 : : }
5003 : :
5004 : : /**
5005 : : * DOC: Utility functions
5006 : : *
5007 : : * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
5008 : : */
5009 : :
5010 : : /**
5011 : : * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
5012 : : * @chan: channel number
5013 : : * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
5014 : : * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
5015 : : */
5016 : : int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band);
5017 : :
5018 : : /**
5019 : : * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
5020 : : * @freq: center frequency
5021 : : * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
5022 : : */
5023 : : int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq);
5024 : :
5025 : : /**
5026 : : * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
5027 : : *
5028 : : * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
5029 : : * @freq: the center frequency of the channel
5030 : : *
5031 : : * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
5032 : : */
5033 : : struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq);
5034 : :
5035 : : /**
5036 : : * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
5037 : : *
5038 : : * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5039 : : * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
5040 : : * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
5041 : : *
5042 : : * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
5043 : : * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
5044 : : * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
5045 : : * rates in the band's bitrate table.
5046 : : */
5047 : : struct ieee80211_rate *
5048 : : ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5049 : : u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
5050 : :
5051 : : /**
5052 : : * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
5053 : : * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5054 : : * @scan_width: width of the control channel
5055 : : *
5056 : : * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
5057 : : * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
5058 : : */
5059 : : u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5060 : : enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width);
5061 : :
5062 : : /*
5063 : : * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
5064 : : *
5065 : : * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
5066 : : * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt
5067 : : */
5068 : :
5069 : : struct radiotap_align_size {
5070 : : uint8_t align:4, size:4;
5071 : : };
5072 : :
5073 : : struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
5074 : : const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
5075 : : int n_bits;
5076 : : uint32_t oui;
5077 : : uint8_t subns;
5078 : : };
5079 : :
5080 : : struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
5081 : : const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
5082 : : int n_ns;
5083 : : };
5084 : :
5085 : : /**
5086 : : * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
5087 : : * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
5088 : : * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
5089 : : * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
5090 : : * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
5091 : : * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
5092 : : * the beginning of the actual data portion
5093 : : * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
5094 : : * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
5095 : : * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
5096 : : * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
5097 : : * radiotap namespace or not
5098 : : *
5099 : : * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
5100 : : * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
5101 : : * @_arg_index: next argument index
5102 : : * @_arg: next argument pointer
5103 : : * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
5104 : : * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
5105 : : * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
5106 : : * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
5107 : : * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
5108 : : * next bitmap word
5109 : : *
5110 : : * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
5111 : : * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
5112 : : */
5113 : :
5114 : : struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
5115 : : struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
5116 : : const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
5117 : : const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
5118 : :
5119 : : unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
5120 : : __le32 *_next_bitmap;
5121 : :
5122 : : unsigned char *this_arg;
5123 : : int this_arg_index;
5124 : : int this_arg_size;
5125 : :
5126 : : int is_radiotap_ns;
5127 : :
5128 : : int _max_length;
5129 : : int _arg_index;
5130 : : uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
5131 : : int _reset_on_ext;
5132 : : };
5133 : :
5134 : : int
5135 : : ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
5136 : : struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
5137 : : int max_length,
5138 : : const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
5139 : :
5140 : : int
5141 : : ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
5142 : :
5143 : :
5144 : : extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
5145 : : extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
5146 : :
5147 : : /**
5148 : : * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
5149 : : *
5150 : : * @skb: the frame
5151 : : *
5152 : : * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
5153 : : * returns the 802.11 header length.
5154 : : *
5155 : : * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
5156 : : * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
5157 : : * 802.11 header.
5158 : : */
5159 : : unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
5160 : :
5161 : : /**
5162 : : * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
5163 : : * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
5164 : : * Return: The header length in bytes.
5165 : : */
5166 : : unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
5167 : :
5168 : : /**
5169 : : * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
5170 : : * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
5171 : : * (first byte) will be accessed
5172 : : * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
5173 : : * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
5174 : : */
5175 : : unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);
5176 : :
5177 : : /**
5178 : : * DOC: Data path helpers
5179 : : *
5180 : : * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
5181 : : * functions that help implement the data path for devices
5182 : : * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
5183 : : */
5184 : :
5185 : : /**
5186 : : * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5187 : : * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5188 : : * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
5189 : : * of it being pushed into the SKB
5190 : : * @addr: the device MAC address
5191 : : * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5192 : : * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
5193 : : * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5194 : : */
5195 : : int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
5196 : : const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5197 : : u8 data_offset);
5198 : :
5199 : : /**
5200 : : * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5201 : : * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5202 : : * @addr: the device MAC address
5203 : : * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5204 : : * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5205 : : */
5206 : : static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
5207 : : enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
5208 : : {
5209 : : return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0);
5210 : : }
5211 : :
5212 : : /**
5213 : : * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
5214 : : *
5215 : : * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
5216 : : * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
5217 : : * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
5218 : : *
5219 : : * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
5220 : : * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
5221 : : * initialized by by the caller.
5222 : : * @addr: The device MAC address.
5223 : : * @iftype: The device interface type.
5224 : : * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
5225 : : * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5226 : : * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5227 : : */
5228 : : void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
5229 : : const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5230 : : const unsigned int extra_headroom,
5231 : : const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa);
5232 : :
5233 : : /**
5234 : : * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
5235 : : * @skb: the data frame
5236 : : * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
5237 : : * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
5238 : : */
5239 : : unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
5240 : : struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
5241 : :
5242 : : /**
5243 : : * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data
5244 : : *
5245 : : * @eid: element ID
5246 : : * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5247 : : * @len: length of data
5248 : : * @match: byte array to match
5249 : : * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5250 : : * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match.
5251 : : * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers
5252 : : * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take
5253 : : * the data portion instead.
5254 : : *
5255 : : * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5256 : : * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5257 : : * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5258 : : * requested element struct.
5259 : : *
5260 : : * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5261 : : * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5262 : : * byte array to match.
5263 : : */
5264 : : const struct element *
5265 : : cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5266 : : const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5267 : : unsigned int match_offset);
5268 : :
5269 : : /**
5270 : : * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
5271 : : *
5272 : : * @eid: element ID
5273 : : * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5274 : : * @len: length of data
5275 : : * @match: byte array to match
5276 : : * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5277 : : * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
5278 : : * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
5279 : : * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
5280 : : * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
5281 : : * the second byte is the IE length.
5282 : : *
5283 : : * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5284 : : * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5285 : : * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
5286 : : * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5287 : : * element ID.
5288 : : *
5289 : : * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5290 : : * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5291 : : * byte array to match.
5292 : : */
5293 : : static inline const u8 *
5294 : 0 : cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5295 : : const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5296 : : unsigned int match_offset)
5297 : : {
5298 : : /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is
5299 : : * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well.
5300 : : */
5301 [ # # # # : 0 : if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) ||
# # # # ]
5302 : : (!match_len && match_offset)))
5303 : : return NULL;
5304 : :
5305 [ # # ]: 0 : return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len,
5306 : : match, match_len,
5307 : : match_offset ?
5308 : : match_offset - 2 : 0);
5309 : : }
5310 : :
5311 : : /**
5312 : : * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data
5313 : : *
5314 : : * @eid: element ID
5315 : : * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5316 : : * @len: length of data
5317 : : *
5318 : : * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5319 : : * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5320 : : * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5321 : : * requested element struct.
5322 : : *
5323 : : * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5324 : : * having to fit into the given data.
5325 : : */
5326 : : static inline const struct element *
5327 : : cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5328 : : {
5329 : 0 : return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5330 : : }
5331 : :
5332 : : /**
5333 : : * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
5334 : : *
5335 : : * @eid: element ID
5336 : : * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5337 : : * @len: length of data
5338 : : *
5339 : : * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5340 : : * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5341 : : * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5342 : : * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5343 : : *
5344 : : * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5345 : : * having to fit into the given data.
5346 : : */
5347 : : static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5348 : : {
5349 : 0 : return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5350 : : }
5351 : :
5352 : : /**
5353 : : * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data
5354 : : *
5355 : : * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5356 : : * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5357 : : * @len: length of data
5358 : : *
5359 : : * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if
5360 : : * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5361 : : * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5362 : : * requested element struct.
5363 : : *
5364 : : * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5365 : : * having to fit into the given data.
5366 : : */
5367 : : static inline const struct element *
5368 : : cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5369 : : {
5370 : 0 : return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5371 : : &ext_eid, 1, 0);
5372 : : }
5373 : :
5374 : : /**
5375 : : * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
5376 : : *
5377 : : * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5378 : : * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5379 : : * @len: length of data
5380 : : *
5381 : : * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
5382 : : * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5383 : : * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5384 : : * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5385 : : *
5386 : : * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5387 : : * having to fit into the given data.
5388 : : */
5389 : : static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5390 : : {
5391 : 0 : return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5392 : : &ext_eid, 1, 2);
5393 : : }
5394 : :
5395 : : /**
5396 : : * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data
5397 : : *
5398 : : * @oui: vendor OUI
5399 : : * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5400 : : * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5401 : : * @len: length of data
5402 : : *
5403 : : * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5404 : : * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise
5405 : : * return the element structure for the requested element.
5406 : : *
5407 : : * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5408 : : * the given data.
5409 : : */
5410 : : const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5411 : : const u8 *ies,
5412 : : unsigned int len);
5413 : :
5414 : : /**
5415 : : * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
5416 : : *
5417 : : * @oui: vendor OUI
5418 : : * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5419 : : * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5420 : : * @len: length of data
5421 : : *
5422 : : * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5423 : : * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
5424 : : * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5425 : : * element ID.
5426 : : *
5427 : : * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5428 : : * the given data.
5429 : : */
5430 : : static inline const u8 *
5431 : : cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5432 : : const u8 *ies, unsigned int len)
5433 : : {
5434 : : return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len);
5435 : : }
5436 : :
5437 : : /**
5438 : : * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame
5439 : : *
5440 : : * @dev: network device
5441 : : * @addr: STA MAC address
5442 : : *
5443 : : * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge
5444 : : * devices upon STA association.
5445 : : */
5446 : : void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
5447 : :
5448 : : /**
5449 : : * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
5450 : : *
5451 : : * TODO
5452 : : */
5453 : :
5454 : : /**
5455 : : * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
5456 : : * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
5457 : : * conflicts)
5458 : : * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
5459 : : * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
5460 : : * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
5461 : : * alpha2.
5462 : : *
5463 : : * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
5464 : : * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
5465 : : * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
5466 : : * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
5467 : : * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
5468 : : * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
5469 : : *
5470 : : * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
5471 : : * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
5472 : : * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
5473 : : *
5474 : : * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5475 : : * an -ENOMEM.
5476 : : *
5477 : : * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
5478 : : */
5479 : : int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
5480 : :
5481 : : /**
5482 : : * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
5483 : : * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5484 : : * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy
5485 : : *
5486 : : * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
5487 : : * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
5488 : : * information.
5489 : : *
5490 : : * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5491 : : */
5492 : : int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5493 : : struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5494 : :
5495 : : /**
5496 : : * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers
5497 : : * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5498 : : * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
5499 : : *
5500 : : * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain
5501 : : * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see
5502 : : * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
5503 : : *
5504 : : * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5505 : : */
5506 : : int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5507 : : struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5508 : :
5509 : : /**
5510 : : * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
5511 : : * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5512 : : * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
5513 : : *
5514 : : * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
5515 : : * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
5516 : : * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
5517 : : * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
5518 : : * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
5519 : : * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
5520 : : * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
5521 : : * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
5522 : : * that called this helper.
5523 : : */
5524 : : void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5525 : : const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
5526 : :
5527 : : /**
5528 : : * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
5529 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
5530 : : * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
5531 : : *
5532 : : * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
5533 : : * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
5534 : : * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
5535 : : * and processed already.
5536 : : *
5537 : : * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
5538 : : * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
5539 : : * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
5540 : : * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
5541 : : * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
5542 : : * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
5543 : : * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
5544 : : */
5545 : : const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5546 : : u32 center_freq);
5547 : :
5548 : : /**
5549 : : * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
5550 : : * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
5551 : : *
5552 : : * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
5553 : : * proper string representation.
5554 : : */
5555 : : const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);
5556 : :
5557 : : /**
5558 : : * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom
5559 : : * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked.
5560 : : *
5561 : : * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI).
5562 : : */
5563 : : bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5564 : :
5565 : : /**
5566 : : * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
5567 : : *
5568 : : */
5569 : :
5570 : : /**
5571 : : * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
5572 : : * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
5573 : : *
5574 : : * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
5575 : : * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried.
5576 : : * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
5577 : : *
5578 : : * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query
5579 : : * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
5580 : : * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
5581 : : *
5582 : : * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5583 : : * an -ENODATA.
5584 : : *
5585 : : * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
5586 : : */
5587 : : int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq,
5588 : : struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule);
5589 : :
5590 : : /*
5591 : : * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
5592 : : * functions and BSS handling helpers
5593 : : */
5594 : :
5595 : : /**
5596 : : * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
5597 : : *
5598 : : * @request: the corresponding scan request
5599 : : * @info: information about the completed scan
5600 : : */
5601 : : void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request,
5602 : : struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
5603 : :
5604 : : /**
5605 : : * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
5606 : : *
5607 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
5608 : : * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5609 : : */
5610 : : void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5611 : :
5612 : : /**
5613 : : * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
5614 : : *
5615 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5616 : : * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5617 : : *
5618 : : * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
5619 : : * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
5620 : : * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
5621 : : */
5622 : : void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5623 : :
5624 : : /**
5625 : : * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
5626 : : *
5627 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5628 : : * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5629 : : *
5630 : : * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
5631 : : * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
5632 : : * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
5633 : : * This function should be called with rtnl locked.
5634 : : */
5635 : : void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5636 : :
5637 : : /**
5638 : : * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
5639 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
5640 : : * @data: the BSS metadata
5641 : : * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
5642 : : * @len: length of the management frame
5643 : : * @gfp: context flags
5644 : : *
5645 : : * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
5646 : : * the BSS should be updated/added.
5647 : : *
5648 : : * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
5649 : : * Or %NULL on error.
5650 : : */
5651 : : struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5652 : : cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5653 : : struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
5654 : : struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5655 : : gfp_t gfp);
5656 : :
5657 : : static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5658 : : cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5659 : : struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5660 : : enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
5661 : : struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5662 : : s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5663 : : {
5664 : : struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5665 : : .chan = rx_channel,
5666 : : .scan_width = scan_width,
5667 : : .signal = signal,
5668 : : };
5669 : :
5670 : : return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
5671 : : }
5672 : :
5673 : : static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5674 : : cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5675 : : struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5676 : : struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5677 : : s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5678 : : {
5679 : : struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5680 : : .chan = rx_channel,
5681 : : .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5682 : : .signal = signal,
5683 : : };
5684 : :
5685 : : return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
5686 : : }
5687 : :
5688 : : /**
5689 : : * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID
5690 : : * @bssid: transmitter BSSID
5691 : : * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element
5692 : : * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element
5693 : : * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID
5694 : : */
5695 : 0 : static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid,
5696 : : u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid)
5697 : : {
5698 : : u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid);
5699 : 0 : u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0);
5700 : : u64 new_bssid_u64;
5701 : :
5702 : 0 : new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask;
5703 : :
5704 : 0 : new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask;
5705 : :
5706 : : u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid);
5707 : 0 : }
5708 : :
5709 : : /**
5710 : : * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited
5711 : : * @element: element to check
5712 : : * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element
5713 : : */
5714 : : bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element,
5715 : : const struct element *non_inherit_element);
5716 : :
5717 : : /**
5718 : : * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs
5719 : : * @ie: ies
5720 : : * @ielen: length of IEs
5721 : : * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element
5722 : : * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile)
5723 : : * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile
5724 : : * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length
5725 : : */
5726 : : size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5727 : : const struct element *mbssid_elem,
5728 : : const struct element *sub_elem,
5729 : : u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len);
5730 : :
5731 : : /**
5732 : : * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
5733 : : * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
5734 : : * from a beacon or probe response
5735 : : * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
5736 : : * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
5737 : : */
5738 : : enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
5739 : : CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
5740 : : CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
5741 : : CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
5742 : : };
5743 : :
5744 : : /**
5745 : : * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
5746 : : *
5747 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
5748 : : * @data: the BSS metadata
5749 : : * @ftype: frame type (if known)
5750 : : * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
5751 : : * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
5752 : : * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
5753 : : * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
5754 : : * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
5755 : : * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
5756 : : * @gfp: context flags
5757 : : *
5758 : : * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
5759 : : * the BSS should be updated/added.
5760 : : *
5761 : : * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
5762 : : * Or %NULL on error.
5763 : : */
5764 : : struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5765 : : cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5766 : : struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
5767 : : enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5768 : : const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5769 : : u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5770 : : gfp_t gfp);
5771 : :
5772 : : static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5773 : : cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5774 : : struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5775 : : enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
5776 : : enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5777 : : const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5778 : : u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5779 : : s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5780 : : {
5781 : : struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5782 : : .chan = rx_channel,
5783 : : .scan_width = scan_width,
5784 : : .signal = signal,
5785 : : };
5786 : :
5787 : : return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
5788 : : capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
5789 : : gfp);
5790 : : }
5791 : :
5792 : : static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5793 : : cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5794 : : struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5795 : : enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5796 : : const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5797 : : u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5798 : : s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5799 : : {
5800 : : struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5801 : : .chan = rx_channel,
5802 : : .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5803 : : .signal = signal,
5804 : : };
5805 : :
5806 : : return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
5807 : : capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
5808 : : gfp);
5809 : : }
5810 : :
5811 : : /**
5812 : : * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
5813 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5814 : : * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
5815 : : * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
5816 : : * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
5817 : : * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
5818 : : * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
5819 : : * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
5820 : : */
5821 : : struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5822 : : struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
5823 : : const u8 *bssid,
5824 : : const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
5825 : : enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
5826 : : enum ieee80211_privacy privacy);
5827 : : static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
5828 : : cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5829 : : struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
5830 : : const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
5831 : : {
5832 : : return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
5833 : : IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
5834 : : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
5835 : : }
5836 : :
5837 : : /**
5838 : : * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
5839 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5840 : : * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
5841 : : *
5842 : : * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
5843 : : */
5844 : : void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5845 : :
5846 : : /**
5847 : : * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
5848 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5849 : : * @bss: the BSS struct
5850 : : *
5851 : : * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
5852 : : */
5853 : : void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5854 : :
5855 : : /**
5856 : : * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
5857 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy
5858 : : * @bss: the bss to remove
5859 : : *
5860 : : * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
5861 : : * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
5862 : : * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
5863 : : * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
5864 : : */
5865 : : void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5866 : :
5867 : : /**
5868 : : * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries
5869 : : *
5870 : : * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy
5871 : : * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not
5872 : : * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB.
5873 : : *
5874 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy
5875 : : * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel
5876 : : * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel.
5877 : : * @iter: the iterator function to call
5878 : : * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function
5879 : : */
5880 : : void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5881 : : struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
5882 : : void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5883 : : struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
5884 : : void *data),
5885 : : void *iter_data);
5886 : :
5887 : : static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
5888 : : cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
5889 : : {
5890 [ # # # ]: 0 : switch (chandef->width) {
5891 : : case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
5892 : : return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5;
5893 : : case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
5894 : : return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10;
5895 : : default:
5896 : : return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
5897 : : }
5898 : : }
5899 : :
5900 : : /**
5901 : : * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
5902 : : * @dev: network device
5903 : : * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
5904 : : * @len: length of the frame data
5905 : : *
5906 : : * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
5907 : : * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
5908 : : * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
5909 : : * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
5910 : : * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
5911 : : * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
5912 : : * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
5913 : : * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
5914 : : * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
5915 : : * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
5916 : : *
5917 : : * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5918 : : */
5919 : : void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5920 : :
5921 : : /**
5922 : : * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
5923 : : * @dev: network device
5924 : : * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
5925 : : *
5926 : : * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
5927 : : * mutex.
5928 : : */
5929 : : void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
5930 : :
5931 : : /**
5932 : : * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
5933 : : * @dev: network device
5934 : : * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer
5935 : : * moves to cfg80211 in this call
5936 : : * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body)
5937 : : * @len: length of the frame data
5938 : : * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
5939 : : * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
5940 : : * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame
5941 : : * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data
5942 : : *
5943 : : * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
5944 : : * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
5945 : : *
5946 : : * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5947 : : */
5948 : : void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
5949 : : struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
5950 : : const u8 *buf, size_t len,
5951 : : int uapsd_queues,
5952 : : const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len);
5953 : :
5954 : : /**
5955 : : * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association
5956 : : * @dev: network device
5957 : : * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out.
5958 : : *
5959 : : * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5960 : : */
5961 : : void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5962 : :
5963 : : /**
5964 : : * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt
5965 : : * @dev: network device
5966 : : * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned.
5967 : : *
5968 : : * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX,
5969 : : * an association attempt was abandoned.
5970 : : * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5971 : : */
5972 : : void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5973 : :
5974 : : /**
5975 : : * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
5976 : : * @dev: network device
5977 : : * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
5978 : : * @len: length of the frame data
5979 : : *
5980 : : * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
5981 : : * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
5982 : : * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
5983 : : * corresponding wdev's mutex.
5984 : : */
5985 : : void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5986 : :
5987 : : /**
5988 : : * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
5989 : : * @dev: network device
5990 : : * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body)
5991 : : * @len: length of the frame data
5992 : : *
5993 : : * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
5994 : : * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
5995 : : * frame was not protected. This function may sleep.
5996 : : */
5997 : : void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
5998 : : const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5999 : :
6000 : : /**
6001 : : * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
6002 : : * @dev: network device
6003 : : * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
6004 : : * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
6005 : : * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
6006 : : * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
6007 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6008 : : *
6009 : : * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
6010 : : * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
6011 : : * primitive.
6012 : : */
6013 : : void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
6014 : : enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
6015 : : const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
6016 : :
6017 : : /**
6018 : : * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
6019 : : *
6020 : : * @dev: network device
6021 : : * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
6022 : : * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
6023 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6024 : : *
6025 : : * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
6026 : : * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
6027 : : * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
6028 : : * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
6029 : : * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
6030 : : * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
6031 : : */
6032 : : void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6033 : : struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
6034 : :
6035 : : /**
6036 : : * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate
6037 : : *
6038 : : * @dev: network device
6039 : : * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
6040 : : * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
6041 : : * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer
6042 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6043 : : *
6044 : : * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
6045 : : * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
6046 : : * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
6047 : : */
6048 : : void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
6049 : : const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len,
6050 : : int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp);
6051 : :
6052 : : /**
6053 : : * DOC: RFkill integration
6054 : : *
6055 : : * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
6056 : : * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
6057 : : * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
6058 : : * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
6059 : : * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
6060 : : *
6061 : : * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
6062 : : * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
6063 : : * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
6064 : : */
6065 : :
6066 : : /**
6067 : : * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
6068 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy
6069 : : * @blocked: block status
6070 : : */
6071 : : void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked);
6072 : :
6073 : : /**
6074 : : * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
6075 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy
6076 : : */
6077 : : void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6078 : :
6079 : : /**
6080 : : * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
6081 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy
6082 : : */
6083 : : void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6084 : :
6085 : : /**
6086 : : * DOC: Vendor commands
6087 : : *
6088 : : * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
6089 : : * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
6090 : : * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
6091 : : * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
6092 : : * the configuration mechanism.
6093 : : *
6094 : : * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
6095 : : * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an
6096 : : * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
6097 : : *
6098 : : * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
6099 : : * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
6100 : : * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
6101 : : * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
6102 : : * managers etc. need.
6103 : : */
6104 : :
6105 : : struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6106 : : enum nl80211_commands cmd,
6107 : : enum nl80211_attrs attr,
6108 : : int approxlen);
6109 : :
6110 : : struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6111 : : struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6112 : : enum nl80211_commands cmd,
6113 : : enum nl80211_attrs attr,
6114 : : unsigned int portid,
6115 : : int vendor_event_idx,
6116 : : int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
6117 : :
6118 : : void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
6119 : :
6120 : : /**
6121 : : * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
6122 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy
6123 : : * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6124 : : * be put into the skb
6125 : : *
6126 : : * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6127 : : * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6128 : : * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
6129 : : *
6130 : : * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
6131 : : * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6132 : : * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6133 : : * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6134 : : * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6135 : : * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
6136 : : * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
6137 : : *
6138 : : * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
6139 : : * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
6140 : : *
6141 : : * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6142 : : */
6143 : : static inline struct sk_buff *
6144 : : cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
6145 : : {
6146 : : return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6147 : : NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
6148 : : }
6149 : :
6150 : : /**
6151 : : * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
6152 : : * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6153 : : * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
6154 : : *
6155 : : * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6156 : : * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
6157 : : * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the
6158 : : * skb regardless of the return value.
6159 : : *
6160 : : * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6161 : : */
6162 : : int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
6163 : :
6164 : : /**
6165 : : * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender
6166 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy
6167 : : *
6168 : : * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler.
6169 : : * Valid to call only there.
6170 : : */
6171 : : unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6172 : :
6173 : : /**
6174 : : * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
6175 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy
6176 : : * @wdev: the wireless device
6177 : : * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6178 : : * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6179 : : * be put into the skb
6180 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6181 : : *
6182 : : * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6183 : : * vendor-specific multicast group.
6184 : : *
6185 : : * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6186 : : * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6187 : : * attribute.
6188 : : *
6189 : : * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6190 : : * skb to send the event.
6191 : : *
6192 : : * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6193 : : */
6194 : : static inline struct sk_buff *
6195 : : cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6196 : : int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6197 : : {
6198 : : return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6199 : : NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6200 : : 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6201 : : }
6202 : :
6203 : : /**
6204 : : * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb
6205 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy
6206 : : * @wdev: the wireless device
6207 : : * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6208 : : * @portid: port ID of the receiver
6209 : : * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6210 : : * be put into the skb
6211 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6212 : : *
6213 : : * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to
6214 : : * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been
6215 : : * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take
6216 : : * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes.
6217 : : *
6218 : : * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6219 : : * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6220 : : * attribute.
6221 : : *
6222 : : * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6223 : : * skb to send the event.
6224 : : *
6225 : : * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6226 : : */
6227 : : static inline struct sk_buff *
6228 : : cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6229 : : struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6230 : : unsigned int portid, int approxlen,
6231 : : int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6232 : : {
6233 : : return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6234 : : NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6235 : : portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6236 : : }
6237 : :
6238 : : /**
6239 : : * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
6240 : : * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
6241 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6242 : : *
6243 : : * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6244 : : * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
6245 : : */
6246 : : static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6247 : : {
6248 : : __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6249 : : }
6250 : :
6251 : : #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
6252 : : /**
6253 : : * DOC: Test mode
6254 : : *
6255 : : * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
6256 : : * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
6257 : : * factory programming.
6258 : : *
6259 : : * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
6260 : : * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
6261 : : */
6262 : :
6263 : : /**
6264 : : * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
6265 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy
6266 : : * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6267 : : * be put into the skb
6268 : : *
6269 : : * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6270 : : * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6271 : : * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
6272 : : *
6273 : : * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
6274 : : * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6275 : : * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6276 : : * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6277 : : * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6278 : : * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
6279 : : * must not modify the skb in any other way.
6280 : : *
6281 : : * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
6282 : : * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
6283 : : *
6284 : : * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6285 : : */
6286 : : static inline struct sk_buff *
6287 : : cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
6288 : : {
6289 : : return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6290 : : NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
6291 : : }
6292 : :
6293 : : /**
6294 : : * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
6295 : : * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6296 : : * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
6297 : : *
6298 : : * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6299 : : * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
6300 : : * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb
6301 : : * regardless of the return value.
6302 : : *
6303 : : * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6304 : : */
6305 : : static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
6306 : : {
6307 : : return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
6308 : : }
6309 : :
6310 : : /**
6311 : : * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
6312 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy
6313 : : * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6314 : : * be put into the skb
6315 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6316 : : *
6317 : : * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6318 : : * testmode multicast group.
6319 : : *
6320 : : * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
6321 : : * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
6322 : : * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
6323 : : * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
6324 : : * in any other way.
6325 : : *
6326 : : * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
6327 : : * skb to send the event.
6328 : : *
6329 : : * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6330 : : */
6331 : : static inline struct sk_buff *
6332 : : cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
6333 : : {
6334 : : return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6335 : : NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1,
6336 : : approxlen, gfp);
6337 : : }
6338 : :
6339 : : /**
6340 : : * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
6341 : : * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6342 : : * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
6343 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6344 : : *
6345 : : * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6346 : : * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
6347 : : * consumes it.
6348 : : */
6349 : : static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6350 : : {
6351 : : __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6352 : : }
6353 : :
6354 : : #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd),
6355 : : #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd),
6356 : : #else
6357 : : #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
6358 : : #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
6359 : : #endif
6360 : :
6361 : : /**
6362 : : * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params
6363 : : * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
6364 : : * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
6365 : : * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
6366 : : * @erp_next_seq_num is valid.
6367 : : * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
6368 : : * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
6369 : : * status for a FILS connection.
6370 : : * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6371 : : * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
6372 : : * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
6373 : : * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6374 : : */
6375 : : struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params {
6376 : : const u8 *kek;
6377 : : size_t kek_len;
6378 : : bool update_erp_next_seq_num;
6379 : : u16 erp_next_seq_num;
6380 : : const u8 *pmk;
6381 : : size_t pmk_len;
6382 : : const u8 *pmkid;
6383 : : };
6384 : :
6385 : : /**
6386 : : * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
6387 : : * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6388 : : * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6389 : : * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6390 : : * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6391 : : * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6392 : : * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6393 : : * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6394 : : * case.
6395 : : * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL)
6396 : : * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
6397 : : * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
6398 : : * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
6399 : : * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
6400 : : * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
6401 : : * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
6402 : : * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
6403 : : * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
6404 : : * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6405 : : * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
6406 : : * @fils: FILS connection response parameters.
6407 : : * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6408 : : * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6409 : : * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6410 : : * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6411 : : * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6412 : : * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6413 : : */
6414 : : struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params {
6415 : : int status;
6416 : : const u8 *bssid;
6417 : : struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
6418 : : const u8 *req_ie;
6419 : : size_t req_ie_len;
6420 : : const u8 *resp_ie;
6421 : : size_t resp_ie_len;
6422 : : struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6423 : : enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason;
6424 : : };
6425 : :
6426 : : /**
6427 : : * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6428 : : *
6429 : : * @dev: network device
6430 : : * @params: connection response parameters
6431 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6432 : : *
6433 : : * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6434 : : * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6435 : : * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
6436 : : * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
6437 : : * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
6438 : : * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6439 : : */
6440 : : void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev,
6441 : : struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params,
6442 : : gfp_t gfp);
6443 : :
6444 : : /**
6445 : : * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6446 : : *
6447 : : * @dev: network device
6448 : : * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6449 : : * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
6450 : : * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
6451 : : * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
6452 : : * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
6453 : : * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
6454 : : * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
6455 : : * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6456 : : * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6457 : : * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6458 : : * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6459 : : * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6460 : : * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6461 : : * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6462 : : * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6463 : : * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6464 : : * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6465 : : * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6466 : : * case.
6467 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6468 : : * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6469 : : * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6470 : : * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6471 : : * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6472 : : * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6473 : : * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6474 : : *
6475 : : * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6476 : : * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6477 : : * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
6478 : : * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
6479 : : * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6480 : : * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6481 : : */
6482 : : static inline void
6483 : : cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6484 : : struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie,
6485 : : size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie,
6486 : : size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp,
6487 : : enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6488 : : {
6489 : : struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params;
6490 : :
6491 : : memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params));
6492 : : params.status = status;
6493 : : params.bssid = bssid;
6494 : : params.bss = bss;
6495 : : params.req_ie = req_ie;
6496 : : params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len;
6497 : : params.resp_ie = resp_ie;
6498 : : params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len;
6499 : : params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason;
6500 : :
6501 : : cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp);
6502 : : }
6503 : :
6504 : : /**
6505 : : * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6506 : : *
6507 : : * @dev: network device
6508 : : * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6509 : : * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6510 : : * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6511 : : * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6512 : : * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6513 : : * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6514 : : * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6515 : : * the real status code for failures.
6516 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6517 : : *
6518 : : * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6519 : : * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6520 : : * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
6521 : : * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6522 : : * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6523 : : */
6524 : : static inline void
6525 : : cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6526 : : const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
6527 : : const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
6528 : : u16 status, gfp_t gfp)
6529 : : {
6530 : : cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie,
6531 : : resp_ie_len, status, gfp,
6532 : : NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED);
6533 : : }
6534 : :
6535 : : /**
6536 : : * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
6537 : : *
6538 : : * @dev: network device
6539 : : * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6540 : : * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6541 : : * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6542 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6543 : : * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
6544 : : *
6545 : : * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
6546 : : * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
6547 : : * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
6548 : : * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
6549 : : * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
6550 : : * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6551 : : * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6552 : : */
6553 : : static inline void
6554 : : cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6555 : : const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp,
6556 : : enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6557 : : {
6558 : : cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1,
6559 : : gfp, timeout_reason);
6560 : : }
6561 : :
6562 : : /**
6563 : : * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
6564 : : *
6565 : : * @channel: the channel of the new AP
6566 : : * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set)
6567 : : * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set)
6568 : : * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6569 : : * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6570 : : * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6571 : : * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6572 : : * @fils: FILS related roaming information.
6573 : : */
6574 : : struct cfg80211_roam_info {
6575 : : struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
6576 : : struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
6577 : : const u8 *bssid;
6578 : : const u8 *req_ie;
6579 : : size_t req_ie_len;
6580 : : const u8 *resp_ie;
6581 : : size_t resp_ie_len;
6582 : : struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6583 : : };
6584 : :
6585 : : /**
6586 : : * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
6587 : : *
6588 : : * @dev: network device
6589 : : * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
6590 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6591 : : *
6592 : : * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
6593 : : * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
6594 : : * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
6595 : : * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
6596 : : * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
6597 : : * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
6598 : : * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
6599 : : * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
6600 : : * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
6601 : : * released while diconneting from the current bss.
6602 : : */
6603 : : void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info,
6604 : : gfp_t gfp);
6605 : :
6606 : : /**
6607 : : * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
6608 : : *
6609 : : * @dev: network device
6610 : : * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6611 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6612 : : *
6613 : : * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
6614 : : * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
6615 : : * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
6616 : : * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
6617 : : * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
6618 : : * indicate the 802.11 association.
6619 : : */
6620 : : void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6621 : : gfp_t gfp);
6622 : :
6623 : : /**
6624 : : * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
6625 : : *
6626 : : * @dev: network device
6627 : : * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
6628 : : * @ie_len: length of IEs
6629 : : * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
6630 : : * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
6631 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6632 : : *
6633 : : * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
6634 : : * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
6635 : : */
6636 : : void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
6637 : : const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
6638 : : bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
6639 : :
6640 : : /**
6641 : : * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
6642 : : * @wdev: wireless device
6643 : : * @cookie: the request cookie
6644 : : * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
6645 : : * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
6646 : : * channel
6647 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6648 : : */
6649 : : void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6650 : : struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
6651 : : unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
6652 : :
6653 : : /**
6654 : : * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
6655 : : * @wdev: wireless device
6656 : : * @cookie: the request cookie
6657 : : * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
6658 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6659 : : */
6660 : : void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6661 : : struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
6662 : : gfp_t gfp);
6663 : :
6664 : : /**
6665 : : * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired
6666 : : * @wdev: wireless device
6667 : : * @cookie: the requested cookie
6668 : : * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request)
6669 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6670 : : */
6671 : : void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6672 : : struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp);
6673 : :
6674 : : /**
6675 : : * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics.
6676 : : *
6677 : : * @sinfo: the station information
6678 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6679 : : */
6680 : : int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6681 : :
6682 : : /**
6683 : : * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info
6684 : : * @sinfo: the station information
6685 : : *
6686 : : * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station
6687 : : * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on
6688 : : * the stack.)
6689 : : */
6690 : : static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo)
6691 : : {
6692 : 0 : kfree(sinfo->pertid);
6693 : : }
6694 : :
6695 : : /**
6696 : : * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
6697 : : *
6698 : : * @dev: the netdev
6699 : : * @mac_addr: the station's address
6700 : : * @sinfo: the station information
6701 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6702 : : */
6703 : : void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6704 : : struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6705 : :
6706 : : /**
6707 : : * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
6708 : : * @dev: the netdev
6709 : : * @mac_addr: the station's address
6710 : : * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
6711 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6712 : : */
6713 : : void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6714 : : struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6715 : :
6716 : : /**
6717 : : * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
6718 : : *
6719 : : * @dev: the netdev
6720 : : * @mac_addr: the station's address
6721 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6722 : : */
6723 : : static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
6724 : : const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
6725 : : {
6726 : : cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
6727 : : }
6728 : :
6729 : : /**
6730 : : * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
6731 : : *
6732 : : * @dev: the netdev
6733 : : * @mac_addr: the station's address
6734 : : * @reason: the reason for connection failure
6735 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6736 : : *
6737 : : * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
6738 : : * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
6739 : : * for some reasons, this function is called.
6740 : : *
6741 : : * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
6742 : : * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
6743 : : */
6744 : : void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6745 : : enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
6746 : : gfp_t gfp);
6747 : :
6748 : : /**
6749 : : * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
6750 : : * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
6751 : : * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
6752 : : * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
6753 : : * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
6754 : : * @len: length of the frame data
6755 : : * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
6756 : : *
6757 : : * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
6758 : : * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
6759 : : *
6760 : : * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
6761 : : * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
6762 : : * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
6763 : : * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
6764 : : */
6765 : : bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm,
6766 : : const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags);
6767 : :
6768 : : /**
6769 : : * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
6770 : : * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
6771 : : * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
6772 : : * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
6773 : : * @len: length of the frame data
6774 : : * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
6775 : : * @gfp: context flags
6776 : : *
6777 : : * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
6778 : : * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
6779 : : * transmission attempt.
6780 : : */
6781 : : void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6782 : : const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp);
6783 : :
6784 : :
6785 : : /**
6786 : : * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
6787 : : * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6788 : : * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf
6789 : : * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear.
6790 : : * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is
6791 : : * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that
6792 : : * skb->protocol is set appropriately.
6793 : : * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
6794 : : *
6795 : : * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
6796 : : * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
6797 : : * control port frames over nl80211.
6798 : : *
6799 : : * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
6800 : : * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
6801 : : *
6802 : : * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
6803 : : */
6804 : : bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev,
6805 : : struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted);
6806 : :
6807 : : /**
6808 : : * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
6809 : : * @dev: network device
6810 : : * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
6811 : : * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
6812 : : * @gfp: context flags
6813 : : *
6814 : : * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
6815 : : * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
6816 : : */
6817 : : void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6818 : : enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
6819 : : s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp);
6820 : :
6821 : : /**
6822 : : * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
6823 : : * @dev: network device
6824 : : * @peer: peer's MAC address
6825 : : * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
6826 : : * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
6827 : : * threshold (to account for temporary interference)
6828 : : * @gfp: context flags
6829 : : */
6830 : : void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6831 : : const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
6832 : :
6833 : : /**
6834 : : * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
6835 : : * @dev: network device
6836 : : * @peer: peer's MAC address
6837 : : * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
6838 : : * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
6839 : : * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
6840 : : * @gfp: context flags
6841 : : *
6842 : : * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
6843 : : * given interval is exceeded.
6844 : : */
6845 : : void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
6846 : : u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);
6847 : :
6848 : : /**
6849 : : * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
6850 : : * @dev: network device
6851 : : * @gfp: context flags
6852 : : *
6853 : : * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
6854 : : */
6855 : : void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);
6856 : :
6857 : : /**
6858 : : * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
6859 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy
6860 : : * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
6861 : : * @gfp: context flags
6862 : : *
6863 : : * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
6864 : : */
6865 : : void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6866 : : struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp);
6867 : :
6868 : : /**
6869 : : * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
6870 : : * @dev: network device
6871 : : * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
6872 : : * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
6873 : : * @gfp: context flags
6874 : : *
6875 : : * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
6876 : : * frame.
6877 : : */
6878 : : void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac,
6879 : : struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode,
6880 : : gfp_t gfp);
6881 : :
6882 : : /**
6883 : : * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
6884 : : * @netdev: network device
6885 : : * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
6886 : : * @event: type of event
6887 : : * @gfp: context flags
6888 : : *
6889 : : * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
6890 : : * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
6891 : : * also by full-MAC drivers.
6892 : : */
6893 : : void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
6894 : : const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6895 : : enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);
6896 : :
6897 : :
6898 : : /**
6899 : : * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
6900 : : * @dev: network device
6901 : : * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
6902 : : * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
6903 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6904 : : */
6905 : : void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6906 : : const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
6907 : :
6908 : : /**
6909 : : * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
6910 : : * @dev: network device
6911 : : * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
6912 : : * @bssid: BSSID of AP
6913 : : * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
6914 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6915 : : */
6916 : : void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
6917 : : const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
6918 : :
6919 : : /**
6920 : : * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
6921 : : * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6922 : : * @addr: the transmitter address
6923 : : * @gfp: context flags
6924 : : *
6925 : : * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
6926 : : * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
6927 : : * sender.
6928 : : * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
6929 : : * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
6930 : : */
6931 : : bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
6932 : : const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
6933 : :
6934 : : /**
6935 : : * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
6936 : : * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6937 : : * @addr: the transmitter address
6938 : : * @gfp: context flags
6939 : : *
6940 : : * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
6941 : : * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
6942 : : * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
6943 : : * station to avoid event flooding.
6944 : : * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
6945 : : * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
6946 : : */
6947 : : bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
6948 : : const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
6949 : :
6950 : : /**
6951 : : * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
6952 : : * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
6953 : : * @addr: the address of the peer
6954 : : * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
6955 : : * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
6956 : : * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
6957 : : * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
6958 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
6959 : : */
6960 : : void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
6961 : : u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal,
6962 : : bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp);
6963 : :
6964 : : /**
6965 : : * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
6966 : : * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
6967 : : * @frame: the frame
6968 : : * @len: length of the frame
6969 : : * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
6970 : : * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
6971 : : *
6972 : : * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
6973 : : * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
6974 : : * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
6975 : : */
6976 : : void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6977 : : const u8 *frame, size_t len,
6978 : : int freq, int sig_dbm);
6979 : :
6980 : : /**
6981 : : * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
6982 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy
6983 : : * @chandef: the channel definition
6984 : : * @iftype: interface type
6985 : : *
6986 : : * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
6987 : : * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
6988 : : */
6989 : : bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6990 : : struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6991 : : enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
6992 : :
6993 : : /**
6994 : : * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
6995 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy
6996 : : * @chandef: the channel definition
6997 : : * @iftype: interface type
6998 : : *
6999 : : * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
7000 : : * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
7001 : : * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
7002 : : * more permissive conditions.
7003 : : *
7004 : : * Requires the RTNL to be held.
7005 : : */
7006 : : bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7007 : : struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7008 : : enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
7009 : :
7010 : : /*
7011 : : * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
7012 : : * @dev: the device which switched channels
7013 : : * @chandef: the new channel definition
7014 : : *
7015 : : * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable
7016 : : * driver context!
7017 : : */
7018 : : void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7019 : : struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
7020 : :
7021 : : /*
7022 : : * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
7023 : : * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
7024 : : * @chandef: the future channel definition
7025 : : * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
7026 : : *
7027 : : * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
7028 : : * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
7029 : : * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
7030 : : */
7031 : : void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7032 : : struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7033 : : u8 count);
7034 : :
7035 : : /**
7036 : : * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
7037 : : *
7038 : : * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
7039 : : * @band: band pointer to fill
7040 : : *
7041 : : * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7042 : : */
7043 : : bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
7044 : : enum nl80211_band *band);
7045 : :
7046 : : /**
7047 : : * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
7048 : : *
7049 : : * @chandef: the chandef to convert
7050 : : * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
7051 : : *
7052 : : * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7053 : : */
7054 : : bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7055 : : u8 *op_class);
7056 : :
7057 : : /*
7058 : : * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
7059 : : * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
7060 : : * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
7061 : : * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
7062 : : * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
7063 : : * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
7064 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
7065 : : *
7066 : : * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
7067 : : * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
7068 : : * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
7069 : : * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
7070 : : * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
7071 : : */
7072 : : void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
7073 : : enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
7074 : : u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
7075 : :
7076 : : /*
7077 : : * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
7078 : : * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
7079 : : *
7080 : : * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
7081 : : */
7082 : : u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
7083 : :
7084 : : /**
7085 : : * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
7086 : : * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
7087 : : *
7088 : : * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned,
7089 : : * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that
7090 : : * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function
7091 : : * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by
7092 : : * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also
7093 : : * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g.
7094 : : * when the device is unbound from the driver.
7095 : : *
7096 : : * Requires the RTNL to be held.
7097 : : */
7098 : : void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
7099 : :
7100 : : /**
7101 : : * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements
7102 : : * @ies: FT IEs
7103 : : * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
7104 : : * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
7105 : : * @ric_ies: RIC IE
7106 : : * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
7107 : : */
7108 : : struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
7109 : : const u8 *ies;
7110 : : size_t ies_len;
7111 : : const u8 *target_ap;
7112 : : const u8 *ric_ies;
7113 : : size_t ric_ies_len;
7114 : : };
7115 : :
7116 : : /**
7117 : : * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
7118 : : * @netdev: network device
7119 : : * @ft_event: IE information
7120 : : */
7121 : : void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7122 : : struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);
7123 : :
7124 : : /**
7125 : : * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
7126 : : * @ies: the input IE buffer
7127 : : * @len: the input length
7128 : : * @attr: the attribute ID to find
7129 : : * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
7130 : : * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
7131 : : * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
7132 : : *
7133 : : * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
7134 : : * copies its contents to the given buffer.
7135 : : *
7136 : : * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
7137 : : * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
7138 : : * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
7139 : : */
7140 : : int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
7141 : : enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
7142 : : u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
7143 : :
7144 : : /**
7145 : : * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
7146 : : * @ies: the IE buffer
7147 : : * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7148 : : * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7149 : : * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7150 : : * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7151 : : * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7152 : : * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
7153 : : * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
7154 : : * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7155 : : *
7156 : : * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7157 : : * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7158 : : * split.
7159 : : *
7160 : : * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7161 : : * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7162 : : *
7163 : : * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7164 : : * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7165 : : * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7166 : : *
7167 : : * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7168 : : * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7169 : : * of the buffer should be used.
7170 : : */
7171 : : size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
7172 : : const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
7173 : : const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
7174 : : size_t offset);
7175 : :
7176 : : /**
7177 : : * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
7178 : : * @ies: the IE buffer
7179 : : * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7180 : : * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7181 : : * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7182 : : * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7183 : : * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7184 : : * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7185 : : *
7186 : : * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7187 : : * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7188 : : * split.
7189 : : *
7190 : : * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7191 : : * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7192 : : *
7193 : : * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7194 : : * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7195 : : * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7196 : : *
7197 : : * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7198 : : * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7199 : : * of the buffer should be used.
7200 : : */
7201 : : static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
7202 : : const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
7203 : : {
7204 : 0 : return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
7205 : : }
7206 : :
7207 : : /**
7208 : : * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
7209 : : * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
7210 : : * @wakeup: the wakeup report
7211 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
7212 : : *
7213 : : * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
7214 : : * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
7215 : : * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
7216 : : * else caused the wakeup.
7217 : : */
7218 : : void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7219 : : struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
7220 : : gfp_t gfp);
7221 : :
7222 : : /**
7223 : : * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
7224 : : *
7225 : : * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
7226 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
7227 : : *
7228 : : * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
7229 : : * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
7230 : : * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
7231 : : */
7232 : : void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);
7233 : :
7234 : : /**
7235 : : * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
7236 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy
7237 : : *
7238 : : * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
7239 : : */
7240 : : unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7241 : :
7242 : : /**
7243 : : * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
7244 : : *
7245 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy
7246 : : * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7247 : : *
7248 : : * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
7249 : : * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
7250 : : * the interface combinations.
7251 : : */
7252 : : int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7253 : : struct iface_combination_params *params);
7254 : :
7255 : : /**
7256 : : * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
7257 : : *
7258 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy
7259 : : * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7260 : : * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
7261 : : * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
7262 : : *
7263 : : * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
7264 : : * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
7265 : : * purposes.
7266 : : */
7267 : : int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7268 : : struct iface_combination_params *params,
7269 : : void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
7270 : : void *data),
7271 : : void *data);
7272 : :
7273 : : /*
7274 : : * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
7275 : : *
7276 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy
7277 : : * @wdev: wireless device
7278 : : * @gfp: context flags
7279 : : *
7280 : : * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
7281 : : * disconnected.
7282 : : *
7283 : : * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
7284 : : */
7285 : : void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7286 : : gfp_t gfp);
7287 : :
7288 : : /**
7289 : : * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
7290 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
7291 : : *
7292 : : * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
7293 : : * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
7294 : : * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
7295 : : * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
7296 : : *
7297 : : * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
7298 : : * the driver while the function is running.
7299 : : */
7300 : : void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7301 : :
7302 : : /**
7303 : : * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
7304 : : *
7305 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7306 : : * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7307 : : *
7308 : : * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7309 : : * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7310 : : */
7311 : : static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7312 : : enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7313 : : {
7314 : : u8 *ft_byte;
7315 : :
7316 : : ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7317 : : *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
7318 : : }
7319 : :
7320 : : /**
7321 : : * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
7322 : : *
7323 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7324 : : * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7325 : : *
7326 : : * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7327 : : * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7328 : : */
7329 : : static inline bool
7330 : : wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7331 : : enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7332 : : {
7333 : : u8 ft_byte;
7334 : :
7335 : 0 : ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7336 : 0 : return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
7337 : : }
7338 : :
7339 : : /**
7340 : : * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
7341 : : * @f: NAN function that should be freed
7342 : : *
7343 : : * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
7344 : : */
7345 : : void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f);
7346 : :
7347 : : /**
7348 : : * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
7349 : : * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
7350 : : * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
7351 : : * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
7352 : : * result.
7353 : : * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
7354 : : * @inst_id: the local instance id
7355 : : * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
7356 : : * @addr: the MAC address of the peer
7357 : : * @info_len: the length of the &info
7358 : : * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
7359 : : * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
7360 : : */
7361 : : struct cfg80211_nan_match_params {
7362 : : enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
7363 : : u8 inst_id;
7364 : : u8 peer_inst_id;
7365 : : const u8 *addr;
7366 : : u8 info_len;
7367 : : const u8 *info;
7368 : : u64 cookie;
7369 : : };
7370 : :
7371 : : /**
7372 : : * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
7373 : : * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7374 : : * @match: match notification parameters
7375 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
7376 : : *
7377 : : * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
7378 : : * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
7379 : : * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
7380 : : */
7381 : : void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7382 : : struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp);
7383 : :
7384 : : /**
7385 : : * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
7386 : : *
7387 : : * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7388 : : * @inst_id: the local instance id
7389 : : * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
7390 : : * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
7391 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
7392 : : *
7393 : : * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
7394 : : */
7395 : : void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7396 : : u8 inst_id,
7397 : : enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
7398 : : u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp);
7399 : :
7400 : : /* ethtool helper */
7401 : : void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);
7402 : :
7403 : : /**
7404 : : * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
7405 : : * @netdev: network device
7406 : : * @params: External authentication parameters
7407 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
7408 : : * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
7409 : : */
7410 : : int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev,
7411 : : struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params,
7412 : : gfp_t gfp);
7413 : :
7414 : : /**
7415 : : * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data
7416 : : * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7417 : : * @req: the original measurement request
7418 : : * @result: the result data
7419 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
7420 : : */
7421 : : void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7422 : : struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7423 : : struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result,
7424 : : gfp_t gfp);
7425 : :
7426 : : /**
7427 : : * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed
7428 : : * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7429 : : * @req: the original measurement request
7430 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
7431 : : *
7432 : : * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this
7433 : : * the request pointer will no longer be valid.
7434 : : */
7435 : : void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7436 : : struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7437 : : gfp_t gfp);
7438 : :
7439 : : /**
7440 : : * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed
7441 : : * @wiphy: the wiphy
7442 : : * @iftype: interface type
7443 : : * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1'
7444 : : * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces
7445 : : *
7446 : : * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API
7447 : : * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when
7448 : : * check_swif is '1'.
7449 : : */
7450 : : bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
7451 : : bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif);
7452 : :
7453 : :
7454 : : /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
7455 : :
7456 : : /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
7457 : :
7458 : : #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \
7459 : : dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7460 : : #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \
7461 : : dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7462 : : #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \
7463 : : dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7464 : : #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \
7465 : : dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7466 : : #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \
7467 : : dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7468 : : #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \
7469 : : dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7470 : : #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \
7471 : : dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7472 : : #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \
7473 : : dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7474 : :
7475 : : #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \
7476 : : dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7477 : : #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \
7478 : : dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7479 : :
7480 : : #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \
7481 : : wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
7482 : :
7483 : : #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
7484 : : dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7485 : :
7486 : : #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
7487 : : #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg
7488 : : #else
7489 : : #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
7490 : : ({ \
7491 : : if (0) \
7492 : : wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \
7493 : : 0; \
7494 : : })
7495 : : #endif
7496 : :
7497 : : /*
7498 : : * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
7499 : : * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
7500 : : * file/line information and a backtrace.
7501 : : */
7502 : : #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \
7503 : : WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
7504 : :
7505 : : /**
7506 : : * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space
7507 : : * @netdev: network device
7508 : : * @owe_info: peer's owe info
7509 : : * @gfp: allocation flags
7510 : : */
7511 : : void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7512 : : struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info,
7513 : : gfp_t gfp);
7514 : :
7515 : : #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */
|
